summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
-rw-r--r--.gitattributes4
-rw-r--r--LICENSE.txt11
-rw-r--r--README.md2
-rw-r--r--old/61450-0.txt3472
-rw-r--r--old/61450-0.zipbin51786 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/61450-h.zipbin861898 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/61450-h/61450-h.htm4976
-rw-r--r--old/61450-h/images/cover.jpgbin184547 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/61450-h/images/i_bm01.jpgbin10188 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/61450-h/images/i_frontis.jpgbin54829 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/61450-h/images/i_p023.jpgbin87472 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/61450-h/images/i_p043.jpgbin101247 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/61450-h/images/i_p065.jpgbin82681 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/61450-h/images/i_p081.jpgbin87830 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/61450-h/images/i_p095.jpgbin96399 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/61450-h/images/i_p117.jpgbin98917 -> 0 bytes
16 files changed, 17 insertions, 8448 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d7b82bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.gitattributes
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+*.txt text eol=lf
+*.htm text eol=lf
+*.html text eol=lf
+*.md text eol=lf
diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6312041
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LICENSE.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements,
+metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be
+in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES.
+
+Procedures for determining public domain status are described in
+the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org.
+
+No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in
+jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize
+this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright
+status under the laws that apply to them.
diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b7ad616
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for
+eBook #61450 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/61450)
diff --git a/old/61450-0.txt b/old/61450-0.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 24895d7..0000000
--- a/old/61450-0.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3472 +0,0 @@
-The Project Gutenberg EBook of Dido, the Dancing Bear, by Richard Barnum
-
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most
-other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
-whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of
-the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
-www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you'll have
-to check the laws of the country where you are located before using this ebook.
-
-Title: Dido, the Dancing Bear
- His Many Adventures
-
-Author: Richard Barnum
-
-Illustrator: C. P. Bluemlein
-
-Release Date: February 19, 2020 [EBook #61450]
-
-Language: English
-
-Character set encoding: UTF-8
-
-*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK DIDO, THE DANCING BEAR ***
-
-
-
-
-Produced by Donald Cummings and the Online Distributed
-Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-[Illustration: Dido did jump through the blazing hoop to get the
-apple.]
-
-
-
-
- _Kneetime Animal Stories_
-
-
- DIDO
- THE DANCING BEAR
-
- HIS MANY ADVENTURES
-
-
- BY
- RICHARD BARNUM
-
- Author of “Squinty, the Comical Pig,” “Mappo, the
- Merry Monkey,” “Tum Tum, the Jolly Elephant,”
- “Blackie, a Lost Cat,” “Flop Ear, the
- Funny Rabbit,” etc.
-
-
- _ILLUSTRATED BY
- C. P. BLUEMLEIN_
-
-
- PUBLISHERS
- BARSE & HOPKINS
- NEW YORK, N. Y. NEWARK, N. J.
-
-
-
-
-KNEETIME ANIMAL STORIES
-
-By Richard Barnum
-
-_Illustrated._
-
-
- SQUINTY, THE COMICAL PIG
- SLICKO, THE JUMPING SQUIRREL
- MAPPO, THE MERRY MONKEY
- TUM TUM, THE JOLLY ELEPHANT
- DON, A RUNAWAY DOG
- DIDO, THE DANCING BEAR
- BLACKIE, A LOST CAT
- FLOP EAR, THE FUNNY RABBIT
- TINKLE, THE TRICK PONY
- LIGHTFOOT, THE LEAPING GOAT
-
-(_Other volumes in preparation_)
-
- BARSE & HOPKINS
- Publishers New York
-
-
- Copyright, 1916
- by
- Barse & Hopkins
-
-
- _Dido, the Dancing Bear_
-
- MADE IN U. S. A.
-
-
-
-
-CONTENTS
-
-
- CHAPTER PAGE
- I DIDO CUTS UP 7
- II DIDO IS CAUGHT 16
- III DIDO IS TRAINED 28
- IV DIDO LEARNS TO DANCE 38
- V DIDO CROSSES THE OCEAN 48
- VI DIDO IN THE COUNTRY 58
- VII DIDO MEETS DON 66
- VIII DIDO HELPS A GIRL 74
- IX DIDO IN THE BAKERY 83
- X DIDO SCARES A MAN 92
- XI DIDO IN THE CIRCUS 100
- XII DIDO IN A FIRE 109
-
-
-
-
-ILLUSTRATIONS
-
-
- PAGE
-
- Dido did jump through the blazing hoop to get the
- apple _Frontispiece_
-
- But Dido climbed up a tree to get away 23
-
- Into the tub of water he jumped with a splash 43
-
- Dido, the dancing bear and Tum Tum, the jolly elephant 65
-
- Just as the dog was going to jump Dido stepped in
- between them 81
-
- Jacko and Dido were eating cakes from the window 95
-
- He soon had opened the cage of the dancing bear and
- Dido jumped out 117
-
-
-
-
-DIDO, THE DANCING BEAR
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER I
-
-DIDO CUTS UP
-
-
-In the woods, on top of a mountain, in a far-off country there once
-lived a family of nice bears. I call them nice bears for they were. Of
-course they had long claws, and sharp teeth, but they never bit any
-one, or scratched any one, because there were no boys or girls, or men
-or women, living in that part of the woods.
-
-I suppose, though, if a boy went on top of the mountain, and began
-throwing stones or sticks at the nice bears, they might have run out
-and scratched him to make him go away. Mind, I’m not saying for sure,
-but maybe. But, as I have said, there were no boys in the woods to
-bother the bears who lived all by themselves in a den among the rocks.
-
-A bear’s house is called a den, because it is such a nice, cozy, warm
-place, just as your father or brother may have a room of his own, all
-fixed up with the things he likes best, and he calls that his den.
-
-Well, in this den in the woods on top of the mountain lived the five
-bears. There was Mr. Bear, the papa, and Mrs. Bear, the mother, and
-there were three little bears, called cubs, just as little dogs are
-called puppies.
-
-One little bear was named Gruffo, because he had such a deep, gruff
-voice, though it was not at all cross. And another bear was named
-Muffo, because he had such big, soft furry paws that when he folded
-them together it looked just as if he were carrying a muff.
-
-And besides Gruffo and Muffo there was another bear, the smallest of
-the three, called Dido. Now I am going to tell you some of the many
-adventures Dido had. Adventures, you know, are what happen to you.
-
-“Gruffo and Muffo, you must take good care of your little brother Dido
-when you go off playing in the woods,” said Mrs. Bear, for though the
-bears could not speak in our language they had talk of their own which
-was just as plain to them as our A B and C talk is to us.
-
-“Take good care of Dido,” Mrs. Bear would say. “Don’t run away from
-him, or he might be lost. And don’t climb big trees and leave him on
-the ground, or something might happen to him. And never take him too
-far out in the water of the lake when you go swimming, or he might be
-drowned.”
-
-“We won’t, Mother,” said Gruffo and Muffo. “We’ll take good care of
-Dido.”
-
-“Oh, I guess I can take care of myself,” said Dido, making a funny face
-with his queer, black, rubbery nose.
-
-“Now that wasn’t a nice thing to say,” said Mrs. Bear, holding up her
-paw and gently shaking it at Dido. “You ought to be glad your bigger
-brothers will look after you.”
-
-“Oh, so I am, Mother,” answered Dido. “I’m sorry I spoke that way. May
-they take me swimming now, down to the lake?”
-
-“I guess so,” answered Mrs. Bear. “Run along, little cubs. I have to go
-out and see if I can find some berries or sweet roots for your dinner.”
-
-Bears, you know, like to eat berries and the sweet roots of some trees
-and bushes. Bears also like fish, and honey. Say! if ever you have a
-pet bear, which might some day happen, you know, and you want to give
-him a special extra treat, just bring him some honey. He will love it
-so much that he will eat every bit of it up, box and all!
-
-So while Dido, with his brothers Gruffo and Muffo, walked on along the
-mountain path to the lake, Mrs. Bear went off in the woods to find
-some roots and berries for dinner. Of course the little bears might
-have been able to find some for themselves, but you know how it is with
-children. Even though they know where the things are to eat they like
-their mother to get a meal for them.
-
-“I can run faster than you can!” cried Dido to his two brothers, as
-they went along through the woods. “Look!” And off he started, swinging
-from side to side, brushing the bushes out of his way as he went.
-
-“Pooh! I can go faster than that!” called Gruffo in his deep voice.
-“Watch me!”
-
-Then he began to run, and, as he was bigger than Dido, of course he ran
-faster, and soon passed him.
-
-“I can beat you, Gruffo!” cried Muffo. “See!” Then Muffo ran, and of
-course he easily ran ahead of the other two bear cubs.
-
-“Let’s have another race,” said Dido, a little later. “I think I can
-beat you both then,” and slipping up behind Gruffo he began tickling
-him in his ear with a piece of tree branch.
-
-“Ouch! What’s that, a bee?” cried Gruffo, brushing his ear with his
-paw, for his ear tickled. He did not see what Dido was doing.
-
-“Let me alone, bee!” growled Gruffo. “That is, unless you will show me
-the hollow tree where you have some honey,” went on the bear cub. “If
-you do that you may tickle me all you please!”
-
-“Ha! Ha!” laughed Muffo at the funny way Dido was tickling Gruffo. “Ha!
-Ha! Ho! Ho!” and he nearly fell down, he laughed so hard.
-
-Of course I don’t mean to say that bears laugh as we do, but they have
-their own way of making fun and laughing at it. So when I say, in this
-story, that a bear laughs, or talks or does anything, I mean he does it
-in a bear’s way, and not in our way.
-
-“Where is that bee?” asked Gruffo. And then, as he heard Muffo
-laughing, and Dido giggling, Gruffo turned quickly and saw that it was
-his little brother tickling him in the ear with the stick.
-
-“Here, you stop that!” cried Gruffo, and he reached out his paw to
-catch Dido. But Dido jumped back, and so quickly that he tripped over a
-tree root, and down he went, turning a back somersault.
-
-“Ha! Ha! Ho! Ho!” laughed Gruffo this time. “That was very funny, Dido.
-Do it again!”
-
-“No,” answered Dido, “I will not, if you please. I did not do it on
-purpose, and besides, I bumped my nose when I fell.”
-
-“Oh, that’s too bad!” said Gruffo, for he remembered what his mother
-had said about looking after little Dido. “I’m sorry you hurt your
-nose,” went on Gruffo. “Still, if you had not tickled me you would not
-have fallen. Never mind, here is some soft mud you can hold on your
-nose, that will make it well.”
-
-From a wet place, near a spring of water, Gruffo took up some soft mud,
-and put it on his little brother’s nose.
-
-“Does that make the pain better?” asked Gruffo.
-
-“Lots better, thank you,” answered Dido. For it is true that bears and
-other animals use mud as we do plaster and poultices. If ever your dog
-gets stung by a bee on the nose, you watch him hunt for some soft mud
-to put on the stinging place.
-
-“Well, come on if we’re going swimming,” said Muffo, after a bit.
-
-So the three bears went on through the woods on the mountain, until
-they came to the lake, where the water was blue and clear and cold.
-Without stopping to take off any clothes (for of course they did not
-wear any), the three bears plunged into the water and began swimming
-about. Bears love to play in the water, and that is why, in parks and
-other places where they keep tame bears, there is always a pool of
-water for them to splash in. And sometimes there is a wooden ball in
-the water for the bears to play with, too, for bears love to play.
-
-“Watch me dive!” cried Dido, and down he went under the water. Up he
-came, a little later, right near Muffo, and with his paw Dido splashed
-some water in Muffo’s face.
-
-“Say, you’re cutting up a lot to-day, Dido!” cried Muffo. “What makes
-you do so many tricks?”
-
-“Oh, I just feel happy!” cried Dido, gayly.
-
-Then he swam about some more, splashing in the water of the lake, and
-lapping some water with his red tongue.
-
-“I wish we could catch some fish,” said Gruffo, after a bit. “I’m
-hungry.”
-
-“So am I,” said Muffo. “Let’s go fishing.”
-
-“I’m coming, too,” said Dido.
-
-The bears came up out of the water, with their fur dripping wet, and
-started to go fishing. They did not need poles or lines or hooks. All
-they had to do was to sit on a log, near the lake, and when, by looking
-down, they saw a fish swimming along they just put their claws quickly
-in and pulled the fish out. It was very easy for them, but it would
-have been hard for you or me.
-
-“Ha! I see a fish!” suddenly cried Dido. “Watch me catch him!”
-
-Down into the water he thrust his paw. But something was wrong. Either
-Dido did not see the fish, and only thought he did, or he went after
-it too quickly. For he reached over too far, and the next thing he knew
-he was splashing in the lake again. He had fallen in.
-
-“Ho! Ho!” laughed Muffo. “That’s a queer way to fish, Dido.”
-
-“I――I didn’t meant to do that!” spluttered Dido, as he crawled out on
-the bank.
-
-“Try again,” said Gruffo, as he helped his little brother out on the
-log. “Maybe next time you will catch one. Now you watch how I do it,”
-for Gruffo knew that Dido was little, and had many things to learn that
-bears must know if they are to get along in the woods.
-
-Pretty soon Gruffo saw a big fish, and with one scoop of his paw he
-landed it on the bank.
-
-“Oh, that’s a fine one!” cried Dido. “I wish I could catch one like
-that.”
-
-“I’ll give you some of this,” said Gruffo kindly. “There is enough for
-all of us.”
-
-Then he divided the fish with his two brothers, and they ate it, not
-stopping to cook it as we would have to do. Bears like their meat and
-fish without being cooked.
-
-After they had eaten the fish, and had swam in the lake to wash their
-paws and faces, the three bears went back to the den in the rocks.
-
-“Oh, Mother, we had such fun!” cried Dido. Then he saw his father
-asleep in the sun, and, taking up a leafy branch Dido went softly over
-and began to tickle Mr. Bear on the nose.
-
-“Wuff! Ker-choo!” sneezed Mr. Bear. “What’s that; a fly?”
-
-“Oh, it’s just Dido,” said Mrs. Bear. “He’s cutting up again. You must
-not be too funny,” she went on, shaking her paw at her little bear cub,
-“or some day something may happen to you.”
-
-And one day something did happen to Dido.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER II
-
-DIDO IS CAUGHT
-
-
-One nice, warm sunny day, when it was too hot to stay inside the den
-among the rocks, the nice bears were all out in front, lying in the
-shade of the woods.
-
-“Oh, my! How hot it is!” cried Dido, and he opened his mouth wide, and
-let his red tongue hang out, for animals, such as dogs and bears, cool
-themselves off that way. You must have seen your dog, when he had run
-fast, after a cat, perhaps, open his mouth and breathe fast, with his
-tongue hanging out.
-
-“Let’s go swimming in the lake again!” cried Dido to his brothers.
-
-“All right,” agreed Gruffo.
-
-“We’ll all go,” said Mr. Bear. “Come along.”
-
-So off through the woods walked the family of bears toward the cool,
-blue lake, high up in the mountains. Dido could hardly wait to get
-there, and as soon as he saw, through the trees, the sparkle of the
-water he began to run. He ran so fast that he stumbled over a stone,
-and fell down.
-
-“Oh, Dido!” called his mother. “You must be more careful. You must not
-go so fast. Something will happen to you some day if you do not look
-where you are going.”
-
-“I didn’t hurt myself that time, anyhow,” answered Dido, as he got up,
-and jumped into the lake. There he swam about, as did the father and
-mother bear, and the other two cubs. Dido splashed his brothers every
-time he came near them, but they did not mind, for he was such a cute
-little fellow and he meant no harm. Besides, it was so warm that the
-more water they had on them the better Gruffo and Muffo liked it.
-
-“It makes me hungry to go in swimming,” said Mrs. Bear. “I am going off
-in the woods to look for some berries.”
-
-“I’m coming, too,” said Dido. “For I am hungry myself.”
-
-Soon Mrs. Bear found a bush on which were growing some big red berries.
-These she pulled off with her forepaws, which were, to her, almost like
-our hands are to us, and the mother bear filled her mouth with the
-fruit. Dido did the same, and soon he was not as hungry as he had been.
-Then along came Mr. Bear, with Gruffo and Muffo, and they, too, ate the
-red berries off the bushes.
-
-All at once Mr. Bear stopped eating, and, lifting his nose up in the
-air, sniffed very hard two or three times.
-
-“What is the matter?” asked Mrs. Bear quickly.
-
-“I think I smell a man,” answered the papa bear. “See if you can smell
-anything.”
-
-Mrs. Bear lifted her nose up in the air and she, also, sniffed. Bears,
-you know, as do most wild animals, use their noses as much as they do
-their eyes to tell when there is danger. And to wild animals a man,
-nearly always, means danger. If you were out in the woods, and could
-not see any one, you could not tell, just by smelling the air, whether
-some person was near you or not――that is, unless they had a lot of
-perfume on them, and then, if the wind was blowing toward you, why you
-might smell that.
-
-But bears have much better noses for smelling than have we, and they
-can smell a man in the woods even if he has no cologne on him.
-
-“Sniff! Sniff!” went Mr. Bear.
-
-“Sniff! Sniff!” went Mrs. Bear.
-
-“Yes, I can surely smell a man,” the papa bear said in a low voice. “It
-is the first time I have known them to come around here.”
-
-“And so can I smell a man,” added Mrs. Bear. “We had better get away
-from here.”
-
-Then the bears ran off through the woods to their den. For though big
-bears are very strong and can fight well, they would much rather run
-away from a man than fight him, unless they find they can not get away.
-For when a man goes into the woods where there are bears he nearly
-always has a gun with him, and while bears know they are stronger than
-a man they also know that a gun is stronger than a dozen bears.
-
-When Dido, with his brothers and father and mother, got back to the den
-in the rocks, the little bear cub saw that his father was worried about
-something. Mr. Bear walked up and down in front of the pile of rocks,
-sniffing the air, and looking on all sides.
-
-“What is the matter, Papa?” asked Dido, in bear talk, of course.
-
-“It’s that man I smelled in the woods,” said Mr. Bear. “I fear he may
-find our den.”
-
-“Well, what if he does?” asked Dido.
-
-“Then it would not be safe for us to stay here,” answered Mrs. Bear.
-“If men are coming into our woods it is time for us to go away.”
-
-“What! go away from our nice den?” asked Gruffo. For though the den was
-only a hole in the rocks, with a pile of leaves in one corner for a
-bed, still, to the bears, it was as much a home as your house is to you.
-
-“Yes, it would not be safe to stay while men are around,” said Mr.
-Bear. “That is the first time I have ever smelled them in our woods.
-Though a friend of mine, Mr. Lion, who lives farther down the mountain,
-said he has often seen men near his cave. Once some men on elephants
-chased him, but he got away.”
-
-“Have you ever seen a man?” asked Dido of his father.
-
-“Oh, yes, often, but always afar off. And the men did not see me.”
-
-“What does a man look like?” asked Dido, for he had never seen any,
-though he had heard of them.
-
-“A man is a queer creature,” said Mr. Bear. “He walks up on his hind
-feet, as we do sometimes, but when he walks on his four feet he can
-only go slowly, like a baby. Even you could run away from a man on his
-four feet, Dido.”
-
-“How queer!” said the little bear.
-
-“But don’t try it,” said Mrs. Bear quickly. “Keep away from men, Dido,
-for they might shoot you with one of their guns.”
-
-“What else is a man like?” the little bear asked.
-
-“Well, he has a skin that he can take off and put on again,” said Mr.
-Bear.
-
-“Oh, how very funny!” cried Dido. “Take off his skin? I should think it
-would hurt!”
-
-“It doesn’t seem to,” said the papa bear. “I don’t understand how they
-do it, but they do.”
-
-Of course what Mr. Bear thought was skin was a man’s clothes, which he
-takes off and puts on again. But though bears are very wise and smart
-in their own way, they don’t know much about men, except to be afraid
-of them.
-
-“I do not like it that men are coming up in our woods,” said Mr. Bear.
-“It means danger. So be careful, Dido, and you, too, Gruffo and Muffo,
-that you do not go too far away. Perhaps the man has come up here to
-set a trap to catch us.”
-
-“What is a trap?” asked Dido.
-
-“It is something dangerous, to catch bears,” his mother told him. “Some
-traps are made of iron, and they have sharp teeth in them that catch
-bears by the leg and hurt very much. Other traps are like a big box,
-made of logs. If you go in one of these box traps the door will shut
-and you can not get out.”
-
-“What happens then?” asked Dido.
-
-“Then the man comes and gets you.”
-
-“And what does he do with you?” the little bear cub wanted to know.
-
-“That I can not say,” answered Mrs. Bear. “Perhaps your father knows.”
-
-Mr. Bear shook his head.
-
-“All I know,” he answered, “is that the man takes you away if he finds
-you in his trap. But where he takes you I do not know, for I was never
-caught, and I hope I never will be.”
-
-“I hope so, too,” said Dido, and he sniffed the air to see if he could
-smell the man, but he could not.
-
-For a number of days after that the bears did not go far from their den
-in the rocks. They were afraid the man might shoot them.
-
-But, after a while, all the berries and sweet roots close by had been
-eaten, and the bears had to go farther off. Besides, they wanted some
-fish, and they must go to the lake or river to catch them. So after Mr.
-Bear had carefully sniffed the air, and had not smelled the man-smell,
-the bears started off through the woods again to get something to eat.
-
-Dido ran here and there, sometimes on ahead and again he would stay
-behind, slipping up back of his brothers to tickle them. Oh, but Dido
-was a jolly little bear, always looking for fun.
-
-The bears found some more red berries, and a few blue ones, and some
-sweet roots, and they also caught some fish, which made a good dinner
-for them. Then they went swimming in the lake again before going back
-to their den.
-
-In the afternoon, when Gruffo was asleep in the shade, Dido went softly
-up to him, and poured a paw full of water in his brother’s ear.
-
-[Illustration: But Dido climbed up a tree to get away.]
-
-“Wuff! Ouch! What’s that? Is it raining?” cried Gruffo, suddenly waking
-up. Then he saw that Dido had played the trick on him, and he ran after
-the little bear. But Dido climbed up a tree to get away, and he did it
-in such a funny way, his little short tail going around like a Fourth
-of July pinwheel, that Gruffo had to sit down and laugh.
-
-“Oh, you are such a funny cut-up bear!” he said, laughing harder than
-ever, and when a bear laughs he can’t very well climb a tree.
-
-“Come on down, I won’t do anything to you,” said Gruffo, after a while,
-so Dido came down. Then he turned somersaults on a pile of soft leaves.
-Next he stood on his hind legs, and began striking at a swinging branch
-of a tree with his front paws, as you have seen a kitten play with a
-cord of a window curtain.
-
-“Dido is getting to be a real cute little cub,” said Mrs. Bear.
-
-Then, all of a sudden, Dido struck at the tree branch, but he did not
-hit it and he fell over backward.
-
-“Look out!” cried Mr. Bear. “You’ll hurt yourself, Dido.”
-
-“I didn’t hurt myself that time,” said the little bear, “for I fell on
-some soft, green moss.”
-
-“Well, there will not always be moss for you to fall on,” his mother
-said. “So look out.”
-
-One day, when Mr. Bear came back from a long trip in the woods, he
-brought some wild honey in his paws. And oh! how good it tasted to
-Dido and Gruffo and Muffo!
-
-“Show me where the bee-tree is, Papa,” begged Dido. “I want to get some
-more honey.”
-
-“It is too far away,” answered the papa bear. “Besides, I saw a man in
-the woods as I was getting the honey out of a hollow tree. It would not
-be safe for you to go near it when men are around.”
-
-But the honey tasted so good to Dido that the little bear cub made up
-his mind that he simply must have more.
-
-“I know what I’ll do,” he said to himself. “When none of the others
-are watching me I am going off by myself in the woods and look for a
-bee-tree to get some honey. I don’t believe there’s any danger.”
-
-So about a week after this, one day, Dido saw his two brothers asleep
-outside the den. Mr. Bear had gone off to the lake, perhaps to catch
-some fish, and Mrs. Bear was in the den, stirring up the leaves that
-made the bed, so it would be softer to lie on.
-
-“Now’s my chance,” thought Dido, in the way bears have of thinking.
-“I’ll just slip off in the woods by myself, and find a honey-tree. I’ll
-bring some honey home, too,” said Dido, for he was not a selfish little
-bear.
-
-Walking softly, so as not to awaken his brothers, and so his mother,
-making the leaf-bed in the den, would not know what he was doing, away
-slipped Dido to the woods.
-
-He shuffled along, now and then finding some red berries to eat, or a
-bit of sweet root, and every little while he would lift his nose up in
-the air, as he had seen his father do, and sniff to see if he could
-smell a man-smell.
-
-“But I don’t smell any,” said Dido. “I guess it’s all right.”
-
-Then, all at once, he felt a little wind blowing toward him, and on the
-breeze came the nicest smell.
-
-“Oh, it’s honey!” cried Dido. “It’s honey! I have found the honey-tree!
-Oh, how glad I am!”
-
-He hurried on through the woods, coming nearer and nearer to the honey
-smell all the while, until, after a bit, he saw in among the trees
-something square, like a box, made of little logs piled together. And
-inside the thing like a box was a pile of honey. Dido could see it and
-smell it. But he did not rush up in a great hurry.
-
-“That doesn’t look like the honey-tree father told about,” the little
-bear cub thought. “He said he had to climb a tree. This honey is low
-down. Still it is honey, so this must be a honey-tree, and if it is
-low down so much the better for me. I will not have to climb.”
-
-Dido sniffed the air again. He wanted to see if there was a man-smell
-about. But all he could smell was the honey.
-
-“Oh, I guess it’s all right,” said the bear cub. “I’m so hungry for
-that honey I can’t wait! Here I go!”
-
-Dido fairly ran into the box and began to eat the honey on the floor
-of it. But, no sooner had he taken a bite, than suddenly a queer thing
-happened.
-
-_Bang!_ went something behind Dido, and when he looked around he saw
-that the box was shut tight. A sliding door had fallen down and poor
-Dido was a prisoner.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER III
-
-DIDO IS TRAINED
-
-
-For a moment Dido was so frightened that he did not know what to do.
-His heart beat very fast, just as you can feel your kittie’s heart beat
-fast after a dog has chased her. The little bear cub stopped eating the
-honey, good as it was, and he looked carefully around him.
-
-“I wonder what has happened to me?” mused Dido.
-
-He soon guessed. For when he tried to get out the same way he had come
-in, he found he could not. A heavy door of logs had fallen down, and
-push as hard as he could, Dido could not open it.
-
-“Oh dear!” whined the little bear cub. “I guess I am in one of those
-traps papa told about. This must be a box trap. But how did the honey
-get here? That is caught, too.”
-
-Thinking of the honey made Dido hungry for some more, so he ate a
-little.
-
-Then Dido tried again to get out, scratching with his strong little
-claws on the log sides of the big box. But Dido could not get out that
-way any more than he could break through the thick door. Soon the
-little bear cub was very much frightened, and he cared no more for the
-honey, though there was some left.
-
-“Oh dear! Oh dear!” thought Dido. “I have done something very wrong.
-I ought not to have gone off in the woods by myself. Papa said there
-might be traps, but I did not think this was one. I did not sniff the
-man-smell, I only smelled the honey.”
-
-Poor, foolish Dido! That was why the man who had set the trap had put
-the honey in it――so the bear, if one came along, would smell that sweet
-stuff and not notice the man-odor.
-
-With his heart beating faster than ever, Dido now ran around all sides
-of the box-trap, trying to find a way out. But there was none. He could
-look through the cracks between the logs, and see the green woods where
-he had walked along so freely only a little while before. But now Dido
-could not get out to climb a tree or do anything else.
-
-“Oh, what will happen to me?” he asked himself. “I must get out! I must
-get out!”
-
-But Dido could not. He grew tired of running around the cage, and
-pushing on the sides and doors. His paws ached. His tongue was hanging
-out like a dog’s, and his breath came fast.
-
-“I’ll lie down and rest,” said Dido. “Perhaps by then my papa or mamma
-will come and look for me and let me out.”
-
-So Dido rested and then he ate a little more of the honey. It did not
-taste as nice now, for he was in trouble, and when even a bear is in
-trouble he can not eat well.
-
-Dido waited and waited, but no papa or mamma bear came for him. It is
-true that Mr. Bear and Mrs. Bear soon missed their little cub, and they
-went looking for him, but I will tell you about that part later on.
-
-All at once Dido, in the trap, heard the voices of some men talking. He
-knew they must be men, for he had heard his father tell about them. And
-Dido also noticed the man-smell coming to him through the cracks in the
-trap. He could smell that queer smell now, even though he was close to
-the honey.
-
-“Ha!” cried one man. “The trap is closed! There must be a bear in it!”
-
-“Don’t be too sure,” said another man. “Maybe he got out.”
-
-“Oh dear, if I only _could_ get out,” thought Dido, though he did not
-know what the men said. Later on he was to learn to know man-talk,
-though he could never speak it himself. Just as your dog knows what you
-say when you call him to come to you, or to run home, though your dog
-can not speak to you, except by barking, which, I suppose, is a sort of
-dog language.
-
-Anyhow, Dido heard the men talking, even if he did not know what they
-said. They hurried up to the trap, as Dido could see, and one looked in
-through a crack.
-
-“We’ve caught a bear!” cried the first man. “We really have!”
-
-“Have we?” asked the other. “That’s good.”
-
-“But he’s an awful little one,” said the first man.
-
-“Never mind, he’ll grow fast enough,” the second man said. “And they
-are easier to train to dance when they are little.”
-
-“What funny things those men are saying,” thought Dido. “I wonder if
-they are talking about me? Maybe they will let me out.”
-
-But the men did not seem to be going to do that. They walked all around
-the trap, looking carefully at it.
-
-“He can’t get out,” said the big man, for Dido could see that one man
-was tall, and the other short, just as Dido’s father was larger than
-he. “He can’t get out of the trap,” said the big man, “and we can pick
-it up, with him in it, and carry it away. If we had caught a bigger
-bear we could not do that.”
-
-“That honey you put in the trap made good bait,” said the short man.
-
-“I thought it would,” replied the other. “Bears will go almost anywhere
-to get honey. And as soon as this one went in and began eating, he
-loosened the rope that held up the door, and it fell down. That’s how
-he was caught.”
-
-Dido did not understand all this talk, but he wished, with all his
-heart, that he had not gone in to eat the honey.
-
-“Come on,” said the big man, “we’ll carry the cage-trap out to the road
-and put it on the wagon. Then, in a few days, I will begin to teach
-this bear to dance.”
-
-Dido ran around in the cage or trap once more, trying to get out, but
-he could not. And the next thing he knew he felt himself being lifted
-up and carried along. This frightened him more than ever, but there
-was nothing he could do, for he could not get out. He could smell the
-man-smell very plainly now, for the men were walking along close to the
-trap, carrying it.
-
-Pretty soon Dido could see, through the cracks, that the woods were not
-as thick as they had been. He was being taken away from his beloved
-forest where he had lived all his short life. He was being taken away
-from the den-house, and from his father and mother and brothers.
-
-And, even though Dido was only a bear he felt badly, as all animals do
-when they are taken to a new and strange place.
-
-“If ever I get out of this trap,” thought Dido, “I’ll bite and scratch
-those men until they let me go.”
-
-Biting and scratching comes natural to bears, as it does to some cats,
-you know, and you could hardly find fault with Dido for wanting to get
-loose. He did not learn, until afterward, that the men were going to be
-kind to him.
-
-Pretty soon Dido felt his trap being lifted up. Then it was set down
-on a wagon, and horses began to draw it down the mountain to the place
-where the trappers lived. For the two men were trappers, and they set
-traps in the woods to catch wild animals, which they trained to do
-tricks and sold to circuses, or to persons who wanted them. Dido did
-not learn until afterward what horses were, but he knew they must be
-strong animals to pull a heavy wagon and the two men and himself in the
-log-trap.
-
-How long he rode on the wagon Dido did not know, but after a while he
-felt himself being lifted up again and he was carried into a queer
-place. Though the little bear cub did not know what it was he found
-out later that it was a barn. It was dark in there, almost as dark as
-in the woods at night, but Dido was not afraid of the dark. He rather
-liked it.
-
-“Are you going to take the little bear out of the trap?” asked the
-little man.
-
-“Not right away,” answered the big man. “I will first let him get
-quiet. I want to tame him a bit so he will not bite. I won’t give him
-anything to eat or drink for a long while, and then he will be so
-hungry and thirsty that he will not be afraid when I come near to give
-him something.”
-
-And that is just what happened to Dido. The sweet honey had made him
-thirsty, and he was very warm from having tried so hard to get out of
-the trap. Oh! how he wanted a drink of water from the cool, blue lake!
-But there was no water in the cage-trap.
-
-Finally Dido fell asleep. When he opened his eyes again he could see a
-little light shining through the chinks of the trap. Then he smelled
-the man-smell again, and he heard the big man say:
-
-“Well, I wonder how my little bear is to-day?”
-
-Dido growled, as all wild bears do when first they know a man is near
-them.
-
-“Not very tame yet, I guess,” the man said. “But you soon will be, when
-you get hungrier and more thirsty.”
-
-Dido thought he never had been so thirsty. His mouth was hot, and his
-tongue was dry. That was worse than being hungry. All day long he had
-no water, though he whined for it as he had whined when he was a little
-baby bear and wanted his mother to feed him.
-
-On the second day the big man opened a little hole in the trap. Dido
-quickly put out his head――that was all he could put out. The man
-reached his hand toward Dido, who growled good and hard.
-
-“Quiet now! Quiet!” said the man. “I won’t hurt you. Here is some water
-for you to drink.” He put down a basin of water where Dido could reach
-it, and the smell of that water was so good to Dido that he drank it
-even while the man was standing near. And as the bear drank the man
-patted him on the head and spoke softly to him. This time Dido did not
-growl, for he liked to be petted. But, best of all, he liked the water.
-
-Then the hole in the cage was closed again, and Dido was left alone.
-He was getting quite hungry now, but there was nothing to eat. He had
-eaten all the honey, and licked clean the boards where it had been.
-
-“Oh, how I wish I had some red berries or sweet roots,” thought the
-little bear cub. And just then he smelled something that made his nose
-quiver. It was fish.
-
-“Oh, I wonder if my father has come for me and brought me a fish from
-the blue lake?” Dido asked himself.
-
-But when the little hole in the trap was opened Dido saw the big man.
-Dido growled, and then he was sorry, for he saw the man holding out a
-piece of fish to him.
-
-“I guess you’ll soon be tame,” said the man. “Come now, be a nice
-bear.” Then Dido ate the fish, and had more water to drink.
-
-For nearly a week Dido was kept in the cage. Each day the man came to
-feed and water him, and the man always patted the bear cub on the head
-and spoke kindly to him. After a while Dido did not mind the man-smell
-at all. He got rather to like it, and to like the man who fed him. So
-that, in a few days, when the man opened the big door of the trap, and
-let Dido come out, the bear cub did not try to run away.
-
-For he saw no place to which he could run. There were no woods, just a
-big barn, the doors of which were closed. Besides, Dido thought if he
-ran away he would get no more fish or water.
-
-“Now I’ll put a collar on you, with a chain, so you won’t get lost, and
-then I’ll begin to train you to dance,” said the big man.
-
-Dido felt something being fastened around his neck. He did not mind
-very much, for, at the same time, the man gave him something new to
-eat. It was soft and white and tasted rather sweet, though not as sweet
-as honey.
-
-“Oh, but that is good!” thought Dido. The man had given him a chunk of
-bread, which bears like very much. When he had eaten the bread Dido
-looked around for more, and he took another piece from the man’s hand,
-and did not growl or bite. Dido was getting tame, you see.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER IV
-
-DIDO LEARNS TO DANCE
-
-
-“You are a very nice, good, little bear, and I think you will soon
-learn to dance,” said the man as he rubbed Dido on the head, and gave
-him some water to drink, after Dido had eaten the bread. “Yes, I must
-soon start teaching you to dance.”
-
-Of course Dido did not understand this talk――that is not all of it, but
-he knew the man was speaking kindly to him, for he could tell by the
-way his voice sounded. Just as your dog can tell when you speak kindly
-to him, or when you are cross. If you speak nicely to your dog, and
-call him a good fellow, he will wag his tail, to show how glad he is.
-But when you are cross――Oh! how the dog’s tail drops down between his
-legs, and how sadly he looks up at you.
-
-Of course Dido was not quite as tame as a dog, but he was beginning to
-learn that the man would not hurt him, and that he would be kind to
-him. So Dido thought he would be good himself, and not growl, bite or
-scratch.
-
-For two or three days more Dido was kept in the barn, being chained to
-a post, with a leather collar around his neck. Dido did not like this
-collar. He had never worn one before, and did not know what it was. In
-the woods bears never wear collars, any more than they do neckties. Of
-course, in a circus, a keeper, or trainer, might dress up a bear in
-real clothes, with a collar and tie, just for fun.
-
-Dido did not like the collar around his neck, and he pawed and
-scratched, trying to get it off. It was fastened on too snugly,
-however, and would not come loose.
-
-“Let it alone, Dido,” said the man who was to be the little bear cub’s
-keeper. “The collar will not hurt you, and I must keep it on so I can
-lead you around by a chain, or rope, when we go traveling, and you show
-the people how well you can dance.”
-
-Dido did not understand all this talk, but when he found he could not
-get the collar off he stopped trying to loosen it. And he very soon
-found that, though it felt queer at first, it did not hurt him, just as
-the man had said.
-
-Every day Dido was given nice things to eat――big chunks of bread,
-sometimes a bit of fish, and once he had a sweet bun with currants on
-top. Oh! that was very good!
-
-“Well, it isn’t so bad being caught in a trap,” thought Dido, after a
-bit. “I have better things to eat here than I did in the den at home,
-and I do not have to go after them. The man brings them to me. I guess
-men are not as bad as my papa and mamma thought.”
-
-Of course Dido’s keeper was good to him, for the man wanted to train
-the little bear to dance, and you can not make wild animals learn
-anything except by being kind to them. But I suppose all men might not
-have been as good as the one who had caught Dido, so I guess the papa
-and mamma bear were right in being afraid of men, and in teaching their
-children bears to beware of the man-smell.
-
-“Yes, I like it here very much,” thought Dido, as he walked around in
-the barn as far as his chain would let him, and ate a bit of sweet
-cracker which the man threw to him. “But I would like a swim in the
-cold blue lake.”
-
-Then he remembered his brothers, Gruffo and Muffo, and Dido was
-lonesome and homesick. He wished very much that he might go back to
-the woods again, and run about under the trees, and perhaps find a
-honey-tree. If Dido had been a boy or girl I suppose he would have
-cried, but bears do not know how to do that, which, perhaps, is just as
-well. But, at any rate, Dido was lonesome, and most especially for the
-blue lake, for he did want to swim so he might make himself nice and
-clean.
-
-And then, one day, Dido saw the big man and the little man bringing in
-the barn a big tub. This they filled with water.
-
-“Ha! Now the little bear can have a swim,” said the big man. “Jump in,
-Dido, and have a bath.”
-
-Dido smelled the water. He lapped up some with his red tongue, and,
-though it was not quite as nice as the water of the blue lake high up
-in the mountains, still it was very good.
-
-“Wuff!” cried Dido, which was his way of saying “Fine!” and then into
-the tub of water he jumped with a splash. Oh! how good it felt to be
-washed!
-
-“Now come out in the sun and dry yourself,” said the big man, and he
-led Dido out of the barn by the chain. It was the first time Dido had
-been out in the open air since he had been caught. He could feel the
-warm wind blowing on him, he could see the sun and the green trees, for
-there were trees near the trainer’s barn, though not so many as in the
-woods.
-
-Dido felt so jolly at being out in the air that he almost thought he
-was back in his own forest again, and as he remembered Gruffo and
-Muffo, and his father and mother, he wanted so much to see them that he
-started to run.
-
-“Oh, ho! You mustn’t do that!” said the big man, kindly. “I don’t want
-you to run away from me!”
-
-And Dido could not run away, for he was held fast by the collar about
-his neck and the chain fastened to the collar. Dido ran as far as the
-chain would let him, and then he came to such a sudden stop that he
-turned a somersault, head over heels, as he used to do in front of the
-rocky den, when his mother would laugh at him.
-
-The man had fastened the chain to a post in the barnyard and Dido could
-not get away. He felt a little choked and out of breath as he got up
-from having turned the somersault, and he looked at the man in a queer
-way, with his eyes partly shut.
-
-“There, you see,” spoke the keeper. “You can’t get away, Dido, and you
-might as well learn that first as last. I don’t want you to go away,
-and I will be kind and good to you. I will feed you all you want to
-eat, and you will have a nice place to sleep――just as nice as you had
-in the woods. And when you learn to dance you and I will travel all
-around the country, and the people will give me pennies to see you do
-your tricks. So be a good little bear, and do not try to run away.”
-
-[Illustration: Into the tub of water he jumped with a splash.]
-
-Dido, even yet, did not know all the man said, of course, but the
-little bear cub found he could not get away, so he sat down and looked
-around. It was good to be out of doors, anyhow. Then the man moved a
-sort of little house, like a dog kennel, up near Dido. This was for the
-bear to sleep in nights, or go in out of the rain. The little house was
-in the shade, but Dido’s chain was long enough so he could walk over in
-the sun to get dry after his bath.
-
-“Yes, I think I shall like it here,” said Dido to himself, in the way
-bears have of talking. “I used to have lots of fun with my brothers in
-the woods, but we never had as many nice things to eat as I have here,
-and I have a little house all my own. Yes, I think I shall like it
-here, and I will not run away from the man.”
-
-Dido was getting very tame, you see.
-
-Dido had been living out of doors for about a week, chained to a post,
-going in his little house nights, and in that time several other men
-came to look at him. They talked with Dido’s keeper, and one man told
-about a big bear he had caught in the woods.
-
-“My! I wonder if that could be my father or mother?” thought Dido, who,
-by this time, could understand man-talk a little better. But there was
-no way of knowing whether or not it was his father or mother who had
-been caught.
-
-One day Dido’s master brought out some sweet buns, and said:
-
-“Now I think it is time you learned to dance. Come, Dido, let me see
-if you know how. When I blow a tune on my horn lift up your paws and
-dance around. Come now!”
-
-The man loosed Dido’s chain from the post, and led the little bear cub
-out into a nice grassy place, where the sun shone through the trees.
-Then the keeper put a horn to his lips and blew a jolly tune on it. At
-first Dido was a bit frightened at the music, but soon he found it was
-not going to hurt him, and then he rather liked it. Nearly all animals
-like music, though the way some dogs howl when you blow on a mouth
-organ, or play a fiddle, is queer, I think. Perhaps the dogs think they
-are singing.
-
-Anyhow, Dido liked the horn-music which the man blew, but still Dido
-did not know anything about dancing, although he stood up on his hind
-legs.
-
-“But I will teach you,” said the man.
-
-He tied one string on Dido’s left hind leg, and another string on his
-right leg. Then the man called to two boys to help him.
-
-“Now when I blow the horn,” said the man, “first pull on one string
-and then on the other. That will pull Dido’s legs a little, and soon
-he will know that he must lift them up, first one, then the other. And
-pretty soon he will learn to do it without any strings――just by hearing
-the music.”
-
-The man again blew on his horn, but Dido did not dance. Then the
-little bear cub felt a pull on his left hind leg, as he was standing up
-straight, for he did not have to be taught to do this. And of course
-when Dido felt the pull on his leg he lifted it up.
-
-“That’s the way!” cried the man, and he tooted a merry tune. “Now pull
-the other string, boy!”
-
-The boy did, and Dido lifted up his other leg. Then came a pull on the
-one he had lifted before, and soon Dido was lifting first one hind leg,
-and then the other, going around in a circle as the man gently pulled
-him by the chain fastened to the collar.
-
-All this while the man played music on the horn, and Dido liked it more
-and more. Soon he noticed that as the music went fast he was lifting
-his legs more quickly, and when the music played slowly his legs went
-slowly, too, the boys pulling the strings that way.
-
-“He will learn to dance in a little while,” said the keeper.
-
-For about an hour Dido had to lift first one foot then the other as the
-strings were pulled and the music played. Then he was allowed to rest
-and given a lump of sugar.
-
-“Oh! how good that is!” thought Dido. “It is almost as nice as honey!”
-
-The next day Dido practiced his dancing again, with the strings on
-his legs. But this time he did better. And, at the end of his lesson,
-he was given more sugar. Soon Dido learned to know that when the horn
-played and his keeper cried “Dance!” that he must get up on his hind
-legs and circle around, lifting first one foot and then the other. And
-each time he danced Dido was given a lump of sugar.
-
-And, finally, one day the man did not put the strings to Dido’s legs.
-He just led the little bear out by the chain, and blew the horn.
-
-“Dance, Dido! Dance!” cried the man, playing jolly music.
-
-And Dido danced, all by himself, and he liked it, too, for the music
-seemed to make him happy.
-
-“Ah!” cried the man, “my little bear has learned to dance! Soon we will
-go traveling over the world together.”
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER V
-
-DIDO CROSSES THE OCEAN
-
-
-Every day, and sometimes two and three times a day, Dido’s keeper would
-come out to him with the horn, and make the little bear dance. And
-sometimes Dido grew tired. Then the man would give him a sweet bun, or
-a lump of sugar, and Dido could rest in the shade, or take a nice bath
-in the tub of water.
-
-Dido was growing to like to dance, for it was something like the tricks
-he and his brothers used to do in the woods, though they never called
-it dancing. They would find a loose, dangling branch of a tree and
-stand up on their hind legs to knock it about with their front paws.
-And sometimes when the branch would sway to and fro the bear cubs
-would have to jump quickly about to reach it. And that, in a way, was
-something like dancing.
-
-So, after all, dancing is not so very hard for a bear to learn. They
-seem to like it, and Dido certainly liked the good things he had to eat
-after each lesson. So now, whenever he heard the man play a tune on the
-shiny brass horn, Dido would stand up and dance.
-
-“I think it is time you learned other tricks,” the man said one day.
-“I must teach you how to climb a tree and how to stand on your head,
-how to turn somersaults, and how to play soldier. But you can not learn
-all of them at once. We will begin on climbing a tree, for that will be
-easy for you.”
-
-Of course the man knew Dido could climb a tree, as all bears can do
-that just as cats can. Their claws are sharp, though not quite as sharp
-as are pussies’, and they can stick in the soft bark of a tree. Dogs’
-claws are not sharp, so that is why they can not climb trees.
-
-“Come, Dido, go up in the tree,” said the keeper one day, as he
-fastened a longer chain on the bear’s collar. “Go up in the tree,” and
-he led Dido to one.
-
-But Dido did not climb up. He would have done so if he had known what
-the man wanted, but Dido did not know just what the words meant. He
-saw the tree, and he knew he could climb it, as he had often done in
-the woods at home, but just then he did not feel like climbing a tree.
-Perhaps he thought his chain was too short, and he might get a pull
-that would make him fall.
-
-“Ah, I shall have to give you a little lesson,” said the man. “Here,
-boy!” he called, and a boy came with a big sweet bun, which he put on
-a high branch of the tree, climbing up a ladder to do it.
-
-“Now, Dido, go get the bun! Go up in the tree and get the bun,” called
-the man. Dido could smell the bun, for he had a very sharp nose. And he
-wanted the bun so much, the little bear cub did, that he climbed right
-up the tree and got it.
-
-“Ha!” cried the man. “That’s the way to do it! I knew you could climb
-a tree, but you must do it when I tell you to, so as not to keep the
-people waiting when we begin our travels, and go all over the world.
-You will not find a bun up a tree every time I ask you to climb it,
-Dido,” said the bear’s keeper, “but I will always give you a treat when
-you have finished your tricks. Now come down, Dido!”
-
-But Dido sat on the limb of the tree, eating the bun. It tasted so good
-he did not want to come down until he had finished it. Then he felt a
-pull on the chain that was fast to his collar.
-
-“Come down, Dido! Come down!” called the man, and he pulled so hard on
-the chain that Dido nearly fell. Then the bear knew what was wanted of
-him, and down he climbed. But he had eaten the bun.
-
-“Now we must do it again,” the keeper said. “Boy, put another bun up in
-the tree for Dido.”
-
-So the boy did, and Dido climbed up and got that bun. Each time the
-man played a tune on the shiny brass horn, and it was a different tune
-from the one he played for Dido to dance. And, in a little while, Dido
-learned to climb up the tree whenever he heard this tune, and when the
-man told him to go up, whether there was a bun in the tree or not.
-
-You see Dido did not have to learn _how_ to climb a tree, for he knew
-that already. What he had to learn was to do it _when_ the man wanted
-him to, and soon he did.
-
-Dido could now do two tricks, if you call climbing a tree a trick.
-Dancing, I think, might really be called a trick for a bear, though men
-and women, as well as boys and girls, dance and do not think it a trick
-at all――that is, unless they are learning some new, fancy steps.
-
-“Dido, you are a good little bear,” said the man, as the little cub
-came down out of the tree after having climbed up. “I wonder if you
-will learn to march like a soldier, and turn a somersault as easily as
-you learned to dance and climb a tree?”
-
-Had the man only known it, Dido did not have to be taught to turn
-somersaults, for the little cub had often done this in the woods. But
-what Dido did have to learn was to turn a somersault when the man told
-him to.
-
-It took a little longer for Dido to learn these two new tricks――marching
-like a soldier, and turning head over heels. But finally he did. His
-keeper was good and kind, and gave him nice things to eat, and Dido did
-his best to please the man.
-
-At last came the day when Dido could take a stick in his paws, hold it
-straight up in the air, or over his shoulder, as a soldier holds his
-gun, and walk around while the man played a marching tune on the shiny
-brass horn.
-
-Then the little bear cub learned to turn somersaults, or, rather, he
-learned to do it whenever the man asked him to, and when the man played
-a certain tune on the horn. But Dido could not stand on his head. The
-man tried to get him to do this, but Dido’s hind legs were so heavy
-that whenever he stood on his head, with his front feet down on the
-ground, he would fall over in a heap.
-
-“I guess we won’t try that trick,” the man said. “It is too hard for
-you, Dido. We will make up an easier one.”
-
-Dido could now dance, turn somersaults, march like a soldier, and climb
-a tree or a telegraph pole. Only there were no telegraph poles in the
-mountains, though soon Dido was to see some.
-
-Four tricks are quite a number for a little bear cub to do, I think,
-even though some of them were easy.
-
-“We must now begin to think of traveling,” said the man one day. “Yes,
-Dido, we will soon start on our travel around the world, over to a new
-country called the United States of America. That is a new country for
-me, and it will be a new one for you. The people over there have lots
-of money, and they will give me pennies when you do your tricks. With
-the pennies I can buy things to eat for me and for you. Yes, soon we
-shall sail over the ocean in a big ship and go to America.”
-
-Of course Dido did not know what all this talk meant, but he saw his
-master smiling, and the man seemed happy, so Dido was glad, for the
-keeper was kind to him.
-
-A few days after this Dido’s keeper gave him a nice dinner of bread,
-fish and sweet buns. Dido saw that the man had a big bundle strapped
-over his back, while on one shoulder was the shiny tooting horn. In one
-hand the man had a long stick, with which Dido marched when he did his
-shoulder trick.
-
-“Come, Dido!” called the man, “we are now going to start on our
-travels. We will march through my country until we come to the ocean,
-and there we will take a ship. And on the way you shall do your tricks,
-and the people will give us money so we can buy things to eat.”
-
-So Dido and his master started down the mountain. At first the bear
-cub, who had grown much larger, felt sad at going away from the woods
-where he had always lived. He could look back and see them and he knew
-the blue lake was there, and perhaps his brothers and father and mother
-were swimming in it.
-
-“Oh, I wonder if I will ever see them again?” thought Dido.
-
-He never did, but then Dido had so many adventures, and saw so many
-new and strange sights, that he soon forgot all about his bear-folks.
-That’s the way it is with wild animals, you know. And I must tell you
-that Dido’s father and mother, and his brothers Gruffo and Muffo, tried
-very hard to find him.
-
-They went looking for him that same day Dido went off to search for the
-honey-tree. But all Mr. Bear could find was the place where the trap
-had been set, with the honey in it.
-
-“I guess poor Dido is gone,” said Mr. Bear to his wife.
-
-“Oh dear!” cried Dido’s mother. “Do you think a man will eat him?”
-
-“Let us hope not,” said Mr. Bear. “Dido was caught in a trap. Well, I
-told him to be careful of them, but he did not mind. It is too late
-now. Perhaps he is happier where he is.”
-
-And Dido was quite happy. His father and mother, soon after that, had
-to find another den to live in, because the animal trappers began
-searching through the mountains for wild creatures, and in a little
-while Dido was forgotten by his folks, who had troubles of their own to
-keep away from the hunters.
-
-Down the mountain went Dido and his keeper. Soon they came to a little
-town, or village. Dido did not know what it was, but he saw many
-houses, which were larger than the den he had lived in among the rocks,
-and he saw many men, like his kind keeper, and women and boys and girls.
-
-When Dido’s keeper led him through the village streets the boys and
-girls crowded about to see the bear.
-
-“Now, Dido,” said the man, “you shall dance for them.”
-
-Then the man played a tooting tune on his horn and Dido danced as he
-had been taught to do. Around and around he went, first lifting up one
-foot, then the other, the horn playing all the while.
-
-“Good, Dido! Good!” said the man.
-
-The children clapped their hands and laughed, and the older folks
-tossed money into the hat of the keeper as he passed it around.
-
-“Now march like a soldier!” said the man, and Dido did. Then the bear
-climbed a tree, and turned a somersault, and the children laughed
-louder than before, and clapped their hands harder.
-
-“What a funny dancing bear!” cried a little girl.
-
-“I wish we had him for a pet,” said a little boy.
-
-“Ah, ha! I cannot give away my dancing bear,” said the man. “He and I
-are going to a far country.”
-
-For many days Dido traveled with the man, walking from town to town,
-sometimes to big cities. At night the man would take a blanket from
-the bundle on his back, roll himself up in it and go to sleep under a
-haystack or a bush. He would tie Dido to a tree, and the bear would go
-to sleep, too. Only Dido did not have to wrap himself up in a blanket,
-as he had a big, thick warm overcoat of fur. This was in the summer
-time, when it was not too cold for the man to sleep out of doors.
-
-With the money which the people tossed into the hat after they had
-watched the dancing bear, the man would buy things to eat for himself
-and for Dido. And thus they traveled on and on until finally they came
-to the seashore.
-
-“Now we will take a ship and go across the ocean,” said the man.
-
-Dido did not know what the ocean was, but he saw a lot of water, much
-more than was in the blue mountain lake. But it was not the same kind.
-For, when Dido lapped up some with his red tongue, the water was salty.
-
-“Wuff! I do not like that water!” said Dido to himself.
-
-Dido’s master led him through a long shed and up on the ship. Of course
-Dido did not know what a ship was, but soon he found himself in a
-little room with his keeper and he knew it was all right. So Dido went
-to sleep.
-
-When he awakened he felt himself swaying up and down as he had often
-swayed when in the top of a tree.
-
-“This is queer,” thought Dido. “I am not in a tree, but I am going up
-and down. What makes it?”
-
-It was a ship, you see, tossing on the ocean waves. In about a week
-Dido and his master had crossed the ocean and were in America. The
-ship reached the big city of New York, and Dido was ready for many new
-adventures.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER VI
-
-DIDO IN THE COUNTRY
-
-
-New York is a big city, and it is not a place where bears live, except
-in Central Park, or Bronx Park, where there are many wild animals in
-cages or dens. And it was to New York that Dido had come with his
-keeper.
-
-On the ship Dido had had some adventures, and I wish I had space enough
-in this book to tell you about what happened to him. But I think,
-perhaps, you would rather hear about Dido’s adventures as he traveled
-about the country and cities, dancing, turning somersaults, and
-climbing trees and telegraph poles.
-
-So I will just say that on the ship Dido did a few tricks for the
-passengers on deck when the weather was fine. When it was stormy Dido
-and his keeper had to stay down in their room. And Dido had all he
-wanted to eat.
-
-For there were on that ship many children, and when they heard that
-Dido, the dancing bear, was also a passenger they gave him some of
-their buns, apples and other good things. So Dido had a happy time.
-
-Once there was a big storm, and the ship almost turned a somersault, as
-Dido himself had done in the woods. But the storm passed, the sun came
-out, and the ocean grew quiet. Then Dido felt better.
-
-Now he was in New York with his keeper. As I have told you, a big city
-is not a good place for a bear to live. Of course there is enough for
-him to eat, if he can get it, but there are not many trees, except in
-the streets, and policemen don’t like to see bears climbing the city
-trees. And in a city there are no lakes of blue water, in which bears
-may swim.
-
-But Dido’s master took him to a stable where there were many horses,
-and here Dido felt quite at home, though at first the horses were
-frightened when they smelled the bear. For horses smell in much the
-same way as do bears. If you have ever held out an apple, or a lump
-of sugar, to a horse you have seen him smell it before he tasted it.
-All animals do this. They can often smell better than they can see,
-and they tell, in that way, whether a thing is good for them to eat.
-So when the horses smelled Dido, the dancing bear, they were a bit
-frightened, as they were not used to wild animals, and they thought
-Dido was wild. But when they saw him do some of his tricks, which he
-did for practice in the barn, the horses were afraid no more.
-
-“We will stay in this stable a little while,” said Dido’s master to
-him, “and then we will go out in the country, and people will give us
-money when you dance.”
-
-One day Dido’s keeper went out and stayed a long time. When he came
-back he was very happy.
-
-“Ah, Dido!” cried the man, “we are going to a circus. You are going
-to do some tricks there. We shall have a good time, and I will get
-money to buy buns for you. After the circus we will go out in the nice
-country, where the trees grow as they do on the mountain where I caught
-you.”
-
-Dido did not know what a circus was, but he soon found out.
-
-In New York City is a place called Madison Square Garden. It is a big
-building, and on top of the tower, where the pigeons live, is a statue
-of a golden lady, with a bow and arrow. The lady is named Diana, and,
-many, many years ago, she used to hunt wild animals in the woods of her
-country. Perhaps that is why they have the circus in Madison Square
-Garden.
-
-A circus there is not like one in a tent. All the animals and all the
-performers are in one big building. The animals are mostly down in the
-basement, as they call it.
-
-And it was there that Dido was taken by his keeper. The dancing bear
-rode in a big express wagon, just as he had ridden down the mountain
-after he had been caught in the trap-cage. Only this time Dido was not
-afraid, as his kind keeper was with him to pat him on the head and give
-him sweet buns.
-
-Dido was taken into Madison Square Garden, and as soon as he got inside
-he smelled the smell of many wild animals. He was not afraid, for he
-was used to that smell. He could tell there were other bears in the
-circus, and he saw them in cages, but none of them were let go about as
-was he.
-
-And Dido saw camels, lions, tigers, monkeys, ponies, horses, and many
-other animals.
-
-Dido’s master led him down where the animals were kept, and chained him
-to a post, with some water near by for him to drink, and some bread and
-buns to eat.
-
-“I am going away for a little while, Dido,” the man said. “But I will
-soon be back. Then we will go up in the circus ring and you will do
-your tricks for the boys and girls. Be a good bear while I am away.”
-
-Dido ate a bun, drank some water, and looked about him. Over in one
-corner the dancing bear saw a queer animal, who seemed to have two
-tails.
-
-“I beg your pardon, but who are you?” asked Dido, in the sort of talk
-that all animals understand.
-
-“Who am I?” asked the big animal who seemed to have two tails. “Why I
-am Tum Tum, the jolly elephant.”
-
-“Tum Tum, eh?” exclaimed Dido. “That is a nice name, but you are a
-funny chap, with two tails.”
-
-“Ah, that is where you make a mistake,” said Tum Tum, as he chewed a
-mouthful of hay. “I have only one tail. The other is my trunk that I
-lift things with. It is really only a long nose, for I breathe through
-it, but folks call it a trunk.”
-
-“Ah, I see,” spoke Dido. “I am sorry I thought you had two tails.”
-
-“Oh, that’s all right,” went on jolly Tum Tum. “Don thought the same
-thing when he first saw me.”
-
-“Don? Who is Don?” asked Dido.
-
-“Don is a runaway dog. That is, he once ran away,” explained the
-elephant, reaching for a peanut which a boy held out to him. “But Don
-is home now after his many adventures.”
-
-“What are adventures?” asked Dido.
-
-“Things that happen to you,” answered Tum Tum. “I had many adventures,
-and so did Don. A man wrote a book about each of us.”
-
-“What is a book?” asked Dido.
-
-“Oh, don’t ask me,” said Tum Tum. “All I know is that’s what they
-called it. A book is a queer thing. It is square, like a loaf of
-bread, but not so thick――at least the books about Don and me were not
-so thick. And inside the book are thin pieces of something they call
-pages, or leaves, though they are not green like the leaves of a tree.
-The leaves in the book are white and on them are funny black marks. And
-when boys and girls look at the funny black marks, which tell about Don
-and me, they laugh, those boys and girls do, for I have heard them say
-so when they come here to the circus to see me.”
-
-“I wonder if my adventures will ever be put in a book?” asked Dido.
-
-“Maybe so,” answered Tum Tum, the jolly elephant. “Have you had many
-things happen to you?”
-
-“Oh, lots and lots!” cried the dancing bear. “I used to live in the
-woods, and I went in a box to get some honey and I found myself in a
-trap.”
-
-“That was an adventure,” said Tum Tum, “so I think you will be put in a
-book.”
-
-Dido was very glad to meet the jolly elephant, and the two talked
-together for some time. Then Tum Tum had to go up in the circus ring to
-do his tricks, and, a little later, Dido’s master came for him.
-
-“Come, Dido,” said the man. “You are going to show the people what you
-can do. I want you to dance, to turn somersaults, and to march like a
-soldier.
-
-“There are no trees for you to climb, but there is a big post in the
-circus ring, and you can climb that, I’m sure. I’ll give you a bun if
-you do.”
-
-And Dido did climb the pole, and he did his other tricks, so that
-the people in the circus, especially the boys and girls, laughed and
-clapped their hands to see Dido, the dancing bear, and Tum Tum, the
-jolly elephant.
-
-Then one day Dido’s keeper said to him:
-
-“Come, Dido, the circus is going to move away from New York, so we will
-move, too. Only we will go out in the country by ourselves, and we will
-travel along so you can do your tricks, and I can gather the pennies in
-my hat.”
-
-The next day Dido and his keeper rode out in the country in a railroad
-train. Dido slept in a corner of a baggage car, where the trunks were.
-He liked the train better than the ocean ship, for it did not go up and
-down so much, though it moved faster.
-
-“Ah, here we are in the country!” cried Dido’s keeper, as he led him
-out of the car.
-
-“And now, I suppose,” thought Dido, “I will have some more adventures,
-and they may be put into a book, as Tum Tum’s were.”
-
-[Illustration: Dido, the dancing bear and Tum Tum, the jolly elephant.]
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER VII
-
-DIDO MEETS DON
-
-
-Dido, the dancing bear, looked about him as he stepped down out of the
-railroad car. The train had stopped at a small country station, and
-when some men and boys, who were waiting on the platform, saw the bear
-they crowded up close to have a better look at him.
-
-“Say, he’s a big fellow!” said one boy, not coming too close.
-
-“Will he bite?” asked another.
-
-“No, Dido is a good bear. He will not bite,” the keeper answered. “He
-can do many tricks.”
-
-Dido felt proud and happy when he heard this, for he was now able to
-understand much that his master said. And Dido was really growing to
-be a big bear. He was not a little bear cub any longer, but quite fat.
-For he had good things to eat, and he did not have to travel over the
-mountain to get them.
-
-“Please make your bear do some tricks,” said a man to the keeper, whose
-name, I have forgotten to tell you, was George. “Make the bear do some
-funny tricks.”
-
-“Will you give me pennies if I do?” George asked. “I need the pennies
-to buy things for Dido and me to eat.”
-
-“Go ahead and have the bear do tricks, and we’ll give you pennies,”
-another man said with a smile.
-
-So George, the dancing bear’s trainer, led Dido back of the railroad
-station, where there was a nice, shady, grassy spot. Dido looked all
-around and he saw that they were indeed in the country. There were
-only a few houses here and there, and afar off he could see woods and
-mountains, almost like those in his own land. Dido sniffed the air.
-It was pure and sweet, much nicer than the air in New York, or in any
-city, Dido thought.
-
-“I am going to like it in the country, I’m sure,” said the bear to
-himself. “But I wish my adventures would begin so they could be put in
-a book. I wonder who will do it?”
-
-Of course Dido had had some adventures, though perhaps he did not know
-it, and he was going to have more, and I have put them in this book,
-though I don’t believe Dido knows me. I have often seen him, however,
-and fed him buns.
-
-“Come now, Dido, get ready to do some tricks!” called George. “You are
-going to dance for the people. Dance nice now!”
-
-Then the man played a tooting tune on his brass horn.
-
-“Toodle-de-doodle-de-do!” played the man, and when Dido heard that
-music he knew it was the kind to which he danced. So he stood up on his
-hind legs, held his fore paws limply out in front of him, and began to
-lift first one foot and then the other, going around and around, just
-like a person waltzing.
-
-“That’s it, Dido! That’s the way to do it!” cried his keeper. “Dance
-for the people!” And he played a faster tune on the brass horn, so that
-Dido got quite dizzy from going around so fast. But the man did not
-make him do this very long.
-
-“Good! Good!” cried the people who stood in a ring around Dido as he
-danced. “That was fine!”
-
-“Did you like it?” asked George. “I am glad, and Dido is glad, too;
-aren’t you, Dido?” and reaching in the bag which he carried over his
-shoulder the man gave Dido a sweet bun.
-
-Dido was glad to get that, whether or not he was glad to dance. But I
-think he liked dancing, too, for bears seem to be fond of going about
-doing their little tricks.
-
-“Can your bear do anything else?” asked a lady in the crowd.
-
-“Many more things,” answered George. “He will now play he is a soldier.
-Hi, Dido! March like a soldier! Here is your gun!” and he tossed Dido
-the stick which was carried along, just to be used in this trick.
-
-Dido stood up as straight as he could, and held the stick in his paw,
-up over his shoulder.
-
-“Good, Dido!” cried George. “Now what do you do when you meet an
-officer?”
-
-Dido raised his other paw and touched his head, making what is called a
-salute, which soldiers always give their officers when they meet.
-
-“Now march, Dido!” cried George, and as he played a marching tune on
-the brass horn Dido marched around, carrying the stick for a gun.
-
-The people clapped their hands at that, and when the keeper passed
-around his hat many cents and some dimes jingled into it, to buy more
-buns for Dido, and other things for the keeper to eat.
-
-“Make him do some more tricks, please,” begged a boy in the crowd. “I
-have another penny.”
-
-“Ha! Very good!” cried George. “Dido, shall we do some more tricks for
-the little boy who has a penny?” Then George made believe whisper that
-question in Dido’s ear, and next the man pretended to put his ear down
-to Dido’s mouth as if to listen for an answer.
-
-“Yes, Dido says he will do another trick for you,” said the man,
-laughing.
-
-Of course Dido did not really speak to his trainer, for though a bear,
-a dog or other animals can understand much that is said to them they
-can not answer back. But the man just pretended Dido did answer so as
-to make a little fun, and the people laughed.
-
-“Now, Dido, do your somersault trick,” said George. “All ready!”
-
-He blew a sharp blast on the horn, and Dido leaned down, put his head
-on the ground, kicked his hind legs up in the air, and over he went,
-turning a somersault just as some fat little boy might do it on the
-soft, green grass.
-
-“Another, Dido! Turn another somersault!” cried George, and over went
-Dido again, while the people laughed. Then Dido stood up straight once
-more, and saluted like a soldier.
-
-“Did you like that trick, little boy?” asked George.
-
-“Very much,” the little boy answered. “And here is my penny,” and he
-tossed it into the man’s hat.
-
-“Now for a last trick, and then we will travel on farther into the
-country,” said Dido’s master. “Do the tree-climbing trick, Dido. Only
-instead of a tree you will climb a telegraph pole.”
-
-There was a pole near the railroad depot, and soon Dido was going up
-this, sticking his sharp claws in the wood. Up and up he went, nearly
-to the top, as far as his chain would let him, the man holding the end
-of it.
-
-“That’s far enough――come on down, Dido!” called the man, and Dido came
-down. He was given another bun to eat, and after this he drank some
-water from a fountain near the depot.
-
-Dido and George traveled on into the green country. A few boys followed
-them a little way, for some of them had never seen a bear before.
-But soon the boys grew tired, and Dido and his master were left to
-themselves.
-
-“We will go to a quiet place in the woods and sleep,” said George, and
-Dido was glad of this, for he wanted to cool off and get quiet after
-his ride in the train and doing his tricks.
-
-In the afternoon, when they had had a good sleep, the dancing bear and
-his keeper traveled on again. Soon they came to another town, and there
-Dido did his tricks over once more, and the man gathered money in his
-hat. And here Dido’s master met a man from his own country, far over
-the sea. The two men were glad to see one another, and talked much in
-their own language.
-
-“Will you not come along with Dido and me?” asked George of this man,
-whose name was Tom. “We can travel together, and you can blow the horn
-while I make Dido do tricks. Come, travel about the country with us.”
-
-“Yes, I will do that,” Tom said, and so all three started off together.
-Dido liked Tom very much, for Tom gave the dancing bear some sweet
-popcorn balls, of which Dido was very fond.
-
-For a week or more Dido traveled about with George and Tom, doing
-tricks, sometimes in little country towns, and again in cities. And one
-day, when they were out in the country, Dido had a little adventure.
-
-They were marching along the road, when Dido saw, coming toward them an
-automobile, with a man on the front seat steering, while in back were a
-boy and a girl, and two dogs.
-
-All at once there was a loud banging noise, like a gun. But it was not
-a gun. One of the automobile tires had burst. Then the man jumped out
-to fix a new tire on the wheels, and the boy and girl, with the two
-dogs, got out to rest in the shade.
-
-Tom blew a little music on the horn, and this made the boy and girl
-look down the road.
-
-“Oh, look!” cried the girl, whose name was Alice. “What is that? A
-bear! I’m afraid!”
-
-“Don’t be afraid,” said the boy, whose name was Bob. “It is only a
-tame, trained bear.”
-
-The two dogs barked at the bear, and then Dido, who, with the two men,
-had come closer to the automobile, said:
-
-“Don’t be afraid of me, doggies. I won’t hurt any one. I am only going
-to do some tricks.”
-
-“Can your bear do tricks?” asked the boy of George.
-
-“He surely can,” answered Dido’s keeper, and Dido turned somersaults,
-marched around like a soldier, and climbed a telegraph pole.
-
-“It certainly is a good trick,” said one dog. “I can do some myself,
-but I can’t climb telegraph poles. What is your name, dancing bear?” he
-asked.
-
-“My name is Dido. What’s yours?”
-
-“My name is Don,” said the dog, “and this is my friend Rex,” and he
-waved his tail at the other dog.
-
-“What! Is your name Don?” cried Dido in surprise. “Why I have heard
-about you!”
-
-“Who from?” asked Don.
-
-“From Tum Tum.”
-
-“What! That jolly elephant in the circus?” asked Don, himself quite
-excited now.
-
-“That’s the one,” answered Dido. “I was in the circus a little while
-when it showed in Madison Square Garden, in New York, and there I met
-Tum Tum. He spoke about you, and said you had had many adventures.”
-
-“So I have,” Don said. “I am a runaway dog, that is, I once was, and
-there is a book telling all about me,” he added, proudly.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER VIII
-
-DIDO HELPS A GIRL
-
-
-“See how friendly our dogs are with the dancing bear,” said Alice, the
-girl, to Bob, the boy.
-
-“Our bear is very good and tame, and he likes good dogs,” spoke George.
-
-“Where did you get him?” asked the boy, for the automobile tire was not
-yet fixed, and they still had to wait beside the country road.
-
-“I caught Dido on top of a mountain, in the woods, in a far country,”
-said the man. “I put some honey in a box and when he went in to get it
-the door fell shut and he could not get out. Then I trained him, and
-brought him to this country. He was a little fellow then, and he used
-to growl at me, but now he likes me, I think, for I try to be kind to
-him.”
-
-“Yes, I do like you,” said Dido to himself. “He is good to me,” he
-added, speaking to the two dogs.
-
-For though Dido, Don and Rex could understand most of the talk that
-went on, they themselves could not speak to the men, or to the boy or
-girl. Then the man told the boy and girl how Dido had learned to dance,
-just as I have told you in the first part of this book.
-
-“Did it all happen that way?” asked Don, of Dido, for the dogs and bear
-were resting in the shade now.
-
-“That’s just the way it happened,” Dido said. “I lived in the woods
-with my father and mother, and my brothers Gruffo and Muffo. But I like
-it here now better than in the woods.”
-
-“And how is Tum Tum, the jolly elephant?” asked Don.
-
-“Very well,” answered Dido, “and as fond of peanuts as ever.”
-
-“Yes, he always did like them,” barked Don, “but, as for me, I never
-could see much in them. The shells get in my teeth.”
-
-“Tum Tum eats them, shells and all,” Dido said.
-
-“Well, remember me to him when next you see him,” went on the dog who
-had once run away. “Tell him I would like to see him again.”
-
-“I shall,” Dido promised, “though I don’t know when I may meet him
-again. He is in the circus, you know, and I am traveling about the
-country. Still I may see him.”
-
-By this time the automobile tire was mended and the man called to the
-boy and girl to get in.
-
-“That means we shall have to go also,” said Don. “Well, good-by, Dido.
-I am glad to have met you.”
-
-“And so am I,” said Rex, the other dog. Then they rubbed noses
-together, which is a sort of way animals have of shaking hands, I
-suppose; and then they parted.
-
-“Don’t forget to tell Tum Tum what I told you!” barked Don, with a wag
-of his tail, as he jumped up with the boy and girl.
-
-“I’ll not,” promised Dido, waving his paw at the two dogs.
-
-Then the automobile puffed away and Tom and George led Dido down the
-country road, now and then stopping in front of a house to blow a tune
-on the brass horn, so Dido could do his tricks.
-
-That night it rained, so the two men with the dancing bear could not
-sleep out in the woods. They looked around until they found a barn, and
-they asked the farmer if they might sleep in that.
-
-“If you will kindly let us,” said George, “we will make our bear do
-tricks for you, and you will not need to give us any money in the hat.”
-
-“Very well,” the farmer said; “you and Dido may sleep on the hay in my
-barn. And I will give you something to eat, though I do not know what
-bears like.”
-
-“He likes buns especially,” said George, “and I have none for him in my
-bag. He ate the last one this noon, and since then we have not come to
-a bakery where I could buy more.”
-
-“Likes buns, does he?” asked the farmer’s wife. “Well, I have some, but
-they have raisins in. Do you think Dido would not like them on that
-account?”
-
-“Raisins in the buns!” cried George, making a low bow. “Why he will
-like them all the better on that account. The buns I give him only have
-little currants in. He will like raisins very much better indeed.”
-
-And Dido did. He thought he had never tasted such good buns as those
-the farmer’s wife gave him. And Dido did all his tricks in the barn
-that night, safe and dry from the rain. The farmer and his wife, the
-hired man and some boys and girls, came from nearby houses to watch
-Dido do his tricks, and no one had to give a cent because the farmer
-had been kind to the men, and the farmer’s nice wife had been very good
-to Dido.
-
-The next morning the sun shone, for the rain had stopped, and after
-Dido had taken a bath, in the big trough where the farm horses drank,
-he and his two masters started off down the country road again, having
-had a good breakfast.
-
-The farmer’s wife gave George more raisin-buns to put in his bag for
-Dido, and the dancing bear was very glad when he saw them.
-
-“I shall not be hungry to-day,” said Dido to himself.
-
-That day they passed through two or three small towns, and Dido did his
-tricks several times, so that the hat of George had quite some money in
-it. And that night the men and their trained bear slept in the woods,
-with moss for a bed and the blankets they carried with them for covers.
-Dido’s fur was _his_ blanket.
-
-Dido awakened early the next morning, before either of the men. He
-looked at them sleeping near him, and then he rolled over on the bed of
-moss, stretched his strong legs, scratched with his claws on the soft
-ground and opened his mouth to stretch that in a big yawn.
-
-Then Dido stood up, and he saw that during the night the chain, which
-George always used to fasten him to a tree, had come loose.
-
-“Why, I could run away if I wanted to,” thought Dido. “I could slip off
-in the woods and run away, as Don, the dog, did. Only I won’t. George
-would feel badly, and, besides, I might not be able to get anything to
-eat. These woods may not be like the woods on the mountain where I used
-to live. I guess I will not run away. I will just walk down to that
-little brook and get a drink.”
-
-Not far from where the men and bear had slept that night was a nice
-brook, bubbling over green, mossy stones. Dido went down to the bank of
-it, and, as he was getting a drink, he saw some fish swimming about.
-
-“Ha! Fish!” said Dido to himself. “That’s good. Here is my breakfast
-all ready and waiting for me――if I can catch one.”
-
-The dancing bear leaned over the water as his father and mother had
-taught him to do. He had not forgotten. Dido waited. Pretty soon he
-saw, swimming along, a big, shiny fish.
-
-“Ah, ha!” thought Dido. “I guess I can get you!”
-
-Down he scooped with his paw, getting his claws under the fish, and out
-of the water he lifted him.
-
-“Oh, look!” cried Tom, awakening just in time to see Dido toss the fish
-out on the bank. “What is our bear doing?”
-
-“He is getting his breakfast,” answered George. “Wild bears often catch
-fish that way. But this is the first time I ever saw Dido do it. I wish
-he would catch some for us.”
-
-And Dido did, though he did not know he was catching fish for his
-masters. He thought they would all be for him. But Dido pulled out of
-the brook more fish than he really needed, and Tom and George built a
-fire and cooked some for themselves. Dido did not bother about a fire.
-He was afraid of a blaze, as all animals are.
-
-After their breakfast in the woods, Dido and his masters marched on
-again. Whenever they came to a village Tom would blow on the brass
-horn, and Dido would dance around, turn somersaults, march like a
-soldier and climb a tree or telegraph pole. The people liked to see
-this last more than anything else, and Dido liked to climb, for he was
-used to that. He really liked it better than turning somersaults, for
-much dust got in his thick fur when he got down and rolled over on the
-ground.
-
-Dido was a clean bear, and whenever he became dusty and dirty he wanted
-a bath. And whenever they came to a lake or stream of water Dido was
-allowed to go in, and splash about as much as he pleased.
-
-One hot afternoon Dido was asleep in the woods with the two men. They
-had performed the tricks in one village, and were going on to another,
-taking a rest in between.
-
-Once again Dido awakened to find his two masters asleep, but this time
-the chain was still fast to a tree, so Dido could not wander very far.
-He got up and walked about, and, as he did so he heard, off through the
-woods, the barking of a dog, and then a scream.
-
-[Illustration: Just as the dog was going to jump Dido stepped in
-between them.]
-
-All at once Dido saw a girl running along the path in the woods, and
-behind the girl came a big black dog, barking angrily, and trying to
-catch the girl.
-
-“Oh, stop him! Somebody please stop him!” screamed the girl. “He is a
-bad dog and wants to bite me!”
-
-Of course Dido did not know all the girl said, but he could see that
-the dog was angry and had sharp teeth. He might bite the girl, though
-why any dog should want to bite such a nice girl Dido could not tell.
-
-“Don’t let him get me!” begged the girl, and she ran toward Dido and
-the two men, who were now awake.
-
-“Here!” cried Dido to the bad dog in animal language. “You let that
-girl alone!”
-
-“No, I’ll not!” barked the dog. “I am going to bite her!”
-
-“Oh, no, you’re not!” said Dido, and he growled now, for he did not
-like this kind of a dog. Then, just as the dog was going to jump at the
-girl, Dido stepped in between them, and, with one sweep of his big paw,
-the dancing bear knocked the dog to one side, so that he rolled over
-and over in the leaves.
-
-“There! Now I guess you’ll let little girls alone!” said Dido, standing
-ready to knock the dog away again if he sprang at the girl.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER IX
-
-DIDO IN THE BAKERY
-
-
-“Don’t be afraid, little girl, we won’t let the bad dog hurt you,” said
-the man named George. “Whose dog is he?”
-
-“He――he belongs to a tin peddler,” said the little girl. “I was walking
-along the road just now and a boy, behind me, threw a stone at the dog.
-I guess the dog must have thought I threw it, for he chased after me,
-and I ran, for I was afraid he would bite me.”
-
-“I guess he would have, if he had caught you,” remarked Tom. “But Dido
-knocked him out of the way.”
-
-“Is Dido the name of your bear?” asked the girl.
-
-“Yes,” answered George. “Dido is our bear.”
-
-“It’s a pretty name,” said the little girl.
-
-Dido, who was watching to see if the dog would get up and run at the
-little girl again, wondered what her name was.
-
-“So she likes my name,” said Dido to himself. “I wonder if she likes
-me?”
-
-The bad dog got up from the pile of leaves where Dido had knocked him.
-He growled, deep down in his throat, and Dido called:
-
-“Be careful! Don’t try any of your bad tricks around here. Are you
-going to bite this little girl?”
-
-“No, I am not,” said the dog. “I guess I made a mistake. I thought she
-threw a stone at me, but perhaps she did not.”
-
-“She doesn’t look like a girl who would throw stones at a dog or a
-bear,” Dido said. “You had better let her alone and go back where you
-belong.”
-
-“I will,” said the dog, limping as he went away. “I am sorry I chased
-after her.”
-
-“And I am sorry I had to hit you so hard with my paw,” spoke the
-dancing bear. “But it was the only way to stop you from jumping on the
-little girl.”
-
-“Yes, I suppose so. You made me a little lame, but I guess that could
-not be helped. It was my own fault, but I surely thought she threw a
-stone at me. Good-by, Mr. Bear.”
-
-“Good-by, Mr. Dog,” answered Dido. “Next time we meet we shall be
-friends.”
-
-“I hope so,” spoke the dog, limping away.
-
-“Oh, I am so glad he is gone!” the little girl said. “I was afraid of
-him.”
-
-“Where do you live?” asked Tom, for of course the little girl could
-not talk to the bear.
-
-“Just down the road, but I have to go past that dog to get to my
-house,” she answered. “I am afraid.”
-
-“Never mind. We’ll walk with you,” said George, “and then the dog won’t
-come near you.”
-
-Of course neither the men nor the little girl knew that the peddler’s
-dog had promised to be good. They had seen Dido and the dog close
-together, but they did not know of what they were talking.
-
-“You are not afraid of our bear, are you?” asked Tom, as he picked up
-the brass horn from where it had fallen in the moss as he slept.
-
-“Oh, no, I’m not a bit afraid of him,” answered the little girl,
-looking at Dido. “He seems a nice, gentle bear.”
-
-“He is,” said George. “Would you like to see him do some tricks?”
-
-“Oh, very much!” cried the little girl, clapping her hands. “Will he do
-some tricks for me?”
-
-“I guess so,” answered George with a laugh. “Do some tricks for the
-little girl you saved from the dog, Dido. Play a tune, Tom!”
-
-So Tom played a tune on the brass horn, and Dido danced there in the
-woods, with only the little girl for an audience. But Dido did his
-best, even though there was only one person to look on, besides Tom and
-George.
-
-“Oh, what a funny trick!” laughed the little girl, whose name was Rose,
-as she saw Dido turn a somersault. Dido did not mind turning head over
-heels in the woods, for he could do it on the soft green moss, and his
-fur did not get full of dust.
-
-“Now we will walk down the road to your home,” said George to the
-little girl. “Then you will not be afraid of the dog.”
-
-But when they went out in the country road the peddler’s wagon was
-gone, and the dog was not in sight.
-
-“There’s my house,” said the little girl, pointing to a white one down
-the highway.
-
-Just then a woman came to the door of the house, and, looking down the
-road, she saw her little girl walking with two men and a bear.
-
-“Oh, my goodness, Rose! What are you doing?” cried the woman, who was
-the mother of Rose. “Where have you been? And what is that terrible
-bear doing?”
-
-“He isn’t a terrible bear at all, Mamma,” answered Rose, laughing. “He
-is a good trick bear, and he saved me from the bad dog.” And she told
-about what had happened.
-
-“Well, if it’s a tame, trick bear, why I suppose that is different,”
-said the woman. “I’m much obliged to you,” she added to the men, “for
-having your bear save my little girl from the peddler’s dog.”
-
-“Dido did it all himself,” said George. “We were asleep when your Rose
-came running along with the dog after her. Dido knocked him out of the
-way.”
-
-“He must be a good bear,” said Rose’s mother.
-
-“He is!” cried the little girl. “You ought to see him do tricks, Mamma!
-Will you let your bear do some tricks for my mother?” she asked.
-
-“Surely,” answered George. “Come on now, Dido!”
-
-So Dido did most of his tricks again, and when they were finished the
-woman brought out some sugar cookies and other things, giving some to
-the men and some to Dido.
-
-“Oh, how good they are!” thought the dancing bear, chewing a cookie.
-“They are as good as the buns with raisins in which the other lady gave
-me.”
-
-“Come, now, we must travel on,” called George to Dido, after a bit. “It
-is very nice here, but we must go to a place where we can get money in
-the hat when you do your tricks.”
-
-So off started the two men with the dancing bear once more. For several
-days they traveled, first stopping in one country village and then in
-another, Dido doing his tricks very nicely.
-
-Then for two days it rained, and as no one wanted to stand out in the
-rain to see even a dancing bear there was nothing to do save to stay in
-barns, or under sheds, until the weather cleared.
-
-For George and Tom did not stop at hotels very often as they traveled
-about with Dido. In the first place it cost too much money, and as the
-weather was warm, and as George and Tom were sort of Gypsies they liked
-to sleep out of doors nights, except when it rained. Then they would
-find a haystack, or a barn, and get shelter.
-
-Another reason they did not stop at hotels was because people who kept
-them did not like bears in their places. Dido would have had to stay
-out in the stable, and some horses are afraid of bears.
-
-So it was not so nice for the men when it rained, though Dido did
-not mind. His fur was so thick that it took a lot of rain to wet him
-through, and he was fond of water anyhow.
-
-But when it rained, and there was no one to watch Dido do his tricks,
-of course no money came into the hat, and when there were no pennies
-there was not so much to eat. So you see, after all, rain is not any
-too good for a dancing bear.
-
-But after a while the clouds rolled away, the sun came out and Dido and
-his masters were glad. Once more they started off down the country
-roads, Tom tooting on the horn and George putting Dido through his
-tricks.
-
-One day after Dido had done his dance in the streets of a small city
-his two masters saw another man, like themselves. This man had a
-hand-organ and a monkey, and he went about making music while the
-monkey collected pennies in his red hat. Tom and George stopped for a
-minute to talk to the hand-organ man, whom they had known years before.
-
-“What is your name?” asked Dido of the monkey, when they found their
-masters paying no attention to them.
-
-“Jacko,” answered the monkey. “What’s yours?”
-
-“Dido; and I can dance. Can you?”
-
-“No, but I can gather pennies in my hat. Can you do that?”
-
-Dido said he could not. He did not have a hat, anyhow. The bear and
-monkey talked together, just as their masters were doing, but in a
-different way of course. Then Jacko said:
-
-“I have a cousin, a monkey named Mappo. Did you ever see him?”
-
-“No,” replied Dido, “but I have met Don, the runaway dog, and Tum Tum,
-the jolly elephant.”
-
-“Why, Mappo, my cousin, knows them!” cried Jacko. “I have often
-heard him speak of them. Mappo is such a merry monkey. He had many
-adventures, and they have all been put in a book.”
-
-“My! It seems every one is getting in books,” said Dido. “I hope to
-have one written about me. But say! I’m hungry, aren’t you?”
-
-“Yes, I am,” answered Jacko.
-
-“My master always feeds me buns after I finish my tricks,” went on
-the dancing bear, “but I guess he is so busy talking now that he has
-forgotten it.”
-
-“I wish we could get something to eat,” spoke Jacko. “Oh, look, Dido,
-there’s a bakery store over there, and I see buns and cake in the
-window, besides cookies.”
-
-“So there are!” said Dido.
-
-“Let’s go over and see if they will give us any,” went on the monkey
-who was a cousin to Mappo. “My chain is loose, and I can easily run
-over there.”
-
-“My chain is loose, too,” said Dido. “Come on, we’ll go over to the
-bakery and perhaps we can find some buns.”
-
-Across the street went Dido and Jacko. Their masters were so busy
-talking about their travels that they did not notice the two animals.
-And, as it happened, the boy who had been left in charge of the bakery
-had gone out to watch the dancing bear, and he was now standing
-looking at the hand-organ, and wishing he had one like it. So he did
-not see Dido and the monkey go in the bakery.
-
-The dancing bear and the monkey went in the bakery. No one else was
-there. In the window was a pile of cakes and buns.
-
-“Oh, I am so hungry!” said Dido.
-
-“So am I!” cried Jacko.
-
-“I’ll tell you what let’s do,” said Dido. “Let’s take some buns, and
-when our masters get through talking they will come in and pay for
-them.”
-
-“All right,” said Jacko, and he reached over in the bakery window and
-took a paw full of buns. Dido did the same thing, and then the bear and
-the monkey began to eat.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER X
-
-DIDO SCARES A MAN
-
-
-“Aren’t these buns fine?” asked Dido, as he reached for another, which
-had a big raisin on the top, something like the kind the farmer’s wife
-made.
-
-“They are very good,” said Jacko, the hand-organ monkey. “I don’t know
-when I have had better buns. I’m glad we came in here.”
-
-“So am I,” replied Dido. “Have you tried one of these sugar cookies?”
-
-“No,” answered Jacko, “I haven’t. I’ve been so busy eating buns――”
-
-“Oh, do try a cookie,” and the dancing bear, with his big paw, like a
-hand, held something out to the monkey.
-
-“Aren’t they good?” asked Dido, after Jacko had taken a taste of the
-cookie.
-
-“Indeed, yes. I’ll have another.”
-
-So the bear and the monkey ate cookies and buns, and then Jacko found a
-little cake, with sugar on the top.
-
-“Oh, Dido!” he chattered. “These cakes are the best yet. Try one.”
-
-So Dido did, and he liked it very much.
-
-By this time the crowd of persons who had gathered about to watch the
-dancing bear and the monkey saw the two animals over in the bakery. But
-the three men――that is, the two who owned the dancing bear, and the one
-who had the hand-organ――were still so busy talking that they did not
-notice what was going on.
-
-“Oh, look! The bear and monkey are eating everything in the bakery!”
-cried a little girl. The boy who had been left in charge of the shop
-heard this and back across the street he rushed. He did not wish for a
-hand-organ any more.
-
-The people stood in a crowd outside the bakery. The boy who should have
-been in the shop, but who had run out, cried:
-
-“Let me get in there! Let me in! I must drive out that bear and monkey,
-or the baker will say it is my fault for letting them in!”
-
-“You’d better not go in,” said a man. “The monkey would not hurt you,
-but the bear might. Call the bear’s keepers.”
-
-“Yes, that’s the best thing to do,” said a woman.
-
-But before the boy could do this Jacko and Dido were eating more cakes
-from the windows. Then they found some pies, and they liked those so
-much they ate three, Dido taking two because he was largest, and needed
-more.
-
-“What are all the people watching us for?” asked Jacko, as he looked to
-see what next he would take.
-
-“Oh, I guess they think we are doing tricks,” said Dido. “But we are
-only eating because we are hungry.”
-
-“And when our masters get through talking they will pay for what we
-have had,” said Jacko.
-
-Just then the baker, who had been down in the cellar of his shop,
-making bread and cake, came up into the store, thinking, of course,
-that the boy he had left in charge, to wait on customers, would be
-there. Instead of that the baker saw the bear and monkey eating things
-from his show window.
-
-“Oh, my! Oh, my! Oh, my!” cried the baker, three times, just like that,
-he was so surprised. “Oh! Oh! Oh!”
-
-Then he ran back down in the cellar and locked the door after him. But
-he need not have been afraid, for neither Dido nor Jacko would have
-harmed him in the least.
-
-By this time George, Tom and the hand-organ man saw what was happening.
-They looked across the street and saw the crowd in front of the bakery,
-and also saw Dido and Jacko still eating cake.
-
-“Oh, my!” cried George. “We shall have to pay a lot of money for what
-our bear has eaten.”
-
-[Illustration: Jacko and Dido were eating cakes from the window.]
-
-“And I will have to pay for what my monkey took,” said the hand-organ
-man.
-
-“But they knew no better,” said George, kindly. “They were hungry, I
-guess. But now they must have had enough.”
-
-And Dido and Jacko did have enough. Never before had they had such
-a fine feast. I forget just how much money the bear men and the
-hand-organ man had to pay, but it was quite a sum, for the monkey and
-bear had eaten many buns, pies, cookies and cakes. A bear is very big,
-and when he is hungry he can eat much.
-
-“You will have to do a lot of dancing and tricks to make up for all the
-bakery things you took,” said George to Dido. But the bear did not mind
-that, for he had had so many good things to eat.
-
-For two or three days more Dido traveled on with his masters, going
-from place to place, in towns and little villages where the bear did
-his tricks.
-
-And the people, especially the boys and girls, liked them so much that
-they tossed many cents and dimes into the hat of George, so that he had
-enough to buy things for himself, for Tom and for Dido, and the bear
-did not have to go in any more bake shops all by himself.
-
-Sometimes when Dido was doing his tricks, dogs would gather outside
-the crowd of people watching, and would bark. For the dogs were a bit
-afraid of the bear, and did not like him. That is why they barked.
-
-Once a dog who did not know that Dido was tame, and was kind and good,
-tried to bite the dancing bear.
-
-Dido was now so large and strong that he might easily have hurt the dog
-badly by one blow of his big paw. But instead of doing that Dido just
-gently pushed the dog out of the way, and over into a watering trough,
-where horses drank.
-
-When the people saw this they laughed, and then that dog did not feel
-much like biting Dido. The dog was ashamed of himself, and away he ran,
-with his tail tucked between his legs.
-
-“Good bear!” said George. “That’s the way to treat barking dogs.”
-
-Another time in a small town, where Dido was doing his tricks in the
-park, a team of horses were driven past. They smelled the wild smell of
-the bear, which was more plain to them than to the people, and started
-to run away.
-
-A lady and little girl were in the carriage and they might have been
-hurt had the horses gone far. But Tom, who was getting ready to blow a
-marching tune on the brass horn, for Dido to do his trick, dropped the
-horn and sprang for the horses.
-
-He caught them by the bridles and held them so they could not run, and
-the lady and little girl were not hurt.
-
-“You are a good man to stop the runaway horses,” said a man in the
-crowd.
-
-“Well, it was the fault of our bear that the team started to run,” said
-Tom, “so I knew it was my place to stop them.”
-
-And when the horses saw that Dido was not going to chase after them, or
-do them any harm, they were not frightened any more, but stood still,
-so the lady and little girl in the carriage could watch the tricks
-which Dido did.
-
-That night Dido and his masters slept under a warm stack of hay in a
-field, and a farmer gave them some good things to eat, because he liked
-animals. Dido did some tricks that evening in front of the farmhouse,
-before a crowd of boys and girls.
-
-Early the next morning Dido awoke in his warm nest in the hay. He was
-not tied to any tree now, for there was none in the field, and he could
-wander about as he pleased. But by this time Dido was so tame that his
-masters knew he would not run away.
-
-“I think I will take a walk before breakfast,” said Dido to himself,
-“and see if I cannot find a brook with fish in. I should like a fish
-very much.”
-
-Then Dido saw a telegraph pole beside the road near the field.
-
-“I think I will climb that pole, and see how sharp my claws are,” said
-Dido to himself. “I must keep in practice and I have not climbed any
-poles in two or three days.”
-
-So, having eaten all the red berries he wanted, Dido started to climb
-up the telegraph pole. He had not gone very far up it before he heard
-some one shouting at him. Looking up Dido saw a man on top of the pole.
-
-“Hello!” said Dido to himself; “I did not know men could climb poles
-like a bear. I wonder who you are and how you did it?”
-
-The man worked for a telephone company, and on his boots he had sharp,
-iron spurs, like a bear’s claws, and by sticking these spurs in the
-wood of the pole the man could climb up.
-
-But the man, who was out early fixing broken wires on the pole, looking
-down and seeing a bear coming up after him, was much frightened.
-
-“I say!” he cried. “Go on back! Don’t come up here after me! Go on
-down! Get away!”
-
-The man shouted loudly, but Dido did not understand why he, himself,
-should stop climbing a pole on that account, so on he kept going up
-higher and higher.
-
-“Go back! Go back!” yelled the man. But Dido would not.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XI
-
-DIDO IN THE CIRCUS
-
-
-“What in the world is the matter with that man?” thought Dido, as the
-dancing bear kept on climbing up the pole. “He acts so funny, just as
-if he did not want me to come near him. My master does not act so. For,
-though I know I used to be cross and growl at my master, and though I
-was afraid of all men, I am not that way any more. I like men. He looks
-like a nice man, up on the pole, and I want to see him. I never before
-saw a man who could climb a telegraph pole as well as I can.”
-
-So Dido kept on climbing up, and the man continued to yell and shout.
-He went as far up the pole as he could get, and sat down on a stick
-of wood that stuck out crossways. There were wires made fast to glass
-knobs on the ends of these pieces of wood.
-
-“He certainly is a queer man,” thought Dido. “He acts just as if he
-didn’t like me. Well, I’ll soon show him that I won’t hurt him. I
-wonder if he has a bun in his pocket?”
-
-Then, all of a sudden, Dido saw the man throw something down.
-
-“Ah! Perhaps that is a bun,” thought Dido.
-
-But Dido felt the thing the man had thrown down hit him hard on his
-nose, and it hurt so that the dancing bear gave a growl and a howl. It
-was a hard screwdriver that had hit Dido on the nose. The telephone
-lineman had thrown his screwdriver at the bear.
-
-“Ouch!” said Dido to himself. “That was not nice! I wonder if he did
-that on purpose?”
-
-Dido stopped climbing for a moment, and looked up at the man. Then the
-dancing bear rubbed his nose with his paw. A bear’s nose is very soft
-and tender, and when he is hit there it hurts him very much.
-
-Then, as Dido was rubbing his sore nose, all of a sudden, Bang!
-something else was thrown by the man. It was a pair of pliers, for
-cutting wire, and they hit Dido on the paw he was holding up.
-
-“Ha!” thought the dancing bear. “It is a good thing I had my paw over
-my nose, or I would be hurt worse than ever. I wonder why that man is
-throwing things at me, and shouting so?”
-
-Just then Tom and George, the keepers of the bear, came running out
-of the field where they had been asleep under the haystack. They had
-awakened, missed Dido, and had come to search for him.
-
-“Why, look at our bear!” cried George. “He is up the pole.”
-
-“So he is!” exclaimed Tom, in surprise.
-
-Then the telephone lineman on the pole saw the other two men.
-
-“Hi, there!” he called to them. “Is this your bear?”
-
-“Surely that is our bear,” answered George.
-
-“Well, then, I wish you’d call him down!” went on the lineman. “He
-chased up here after me to bite and scratch me. Call him down.”
-
-“Ha! No!” laughed George. “Dido would never climb up to bite or scratch
-you. He is too good a bear for that. He is just climbing the pole, as
-that is one of his tricks.”
-
-“What! Is this a trick bear? Is he tame?” asked the man high up on the
-pole.
-
-“Of course he is tame,” said George.
-
-“And he won’t hurt me?”
-
-“Not a bit. He just wants to be friends with you.”
-
-“Oh, then I am very sorry,” said the lineman quickly.
-
-“Sorry for what?” asked Tom, curiously.
-
-“That I threw my screwdriver and my pliers at your bear,” answered the
-man on the telegraph pole. “I hit him on the nose. I thought he was a
-wild bear after me, or I never would have done it. I did not see any
-men with him.”
-
-“Well, I guess Dido will forgive you for hitting him,” spoke George.
-“Come on down, Dido, if the man is afraid of you.”
-
-“Oh, I am not afraid any more,” the telephone man said, laughing.
-
-Dido came down, and had his breakfast with George and Tom. Afterward
-the telephone man climbed down, and gave Dido a piece of pie from his
-dinner pail.
-
-“That is to pay you because I hit you on the nose,” said the man. “I am
-very sorry, and so I give you this little treat.”
-
-And I think Dido understood, and forgave the man. For the dancing bear
-ate the pie, and then, when George told him to, Dido let the lineman
-pat him on the head.
-
-“Now we will travel on again,” said George after a bit, and away he and
-Tom went with Dido, blowing nice tooting tunes on the brass horn, and
-giving a dancing-bear show wherever they could find a crowd of persons
-with money to toss into the hat.
-
-All through the long summer days Dido traveled about with his masters,
-and then one day there came a change. One night, after he had danced
-many times that day, Dido and his masters stopped at a hotel. Dido was
-allowed to sleep out in the stable where there were no horses to be
-frightened, while Tom and George went in the hotel to eat.
-
-The next morning Dido saw a strange man with his masters when they came
-out to the stable to feed him.
-
-“There is our dancing bear,” said George to the new man. “Do you think
-you would like to buy him?”
-
-“If he can do all the tricks you say he can I may,” answered the other
-man.
-
-“I will show you what tricks he can do,” spoke George. “Come, Dido,
-here is a sweet cracker for you. Now do your tricks.”
-
-So out in front of the stable Dido danced, marched like a soldier and
-turned somersaults.
-
-“Those are good tricks,” said the strange man. “I will buy your bear
-and take him to a circus. There I will have him do tricks in the ring.
-Do you think he will?”
-
-“Oh, yes,” answered George. “He was in a circus once before, but for
-only a little while. Perhaps he may remember about it.”
-
-The three men went back to the hotel, leaving some buns for Dido to
-eat. And the dancing bear wondered what was going to happen to him.
-
-Pretty soon George came out to where Dido was chained in the stable.
-George gave Dido a piece of berry pie, and said:
-
-“Good-by, Dido. Tom and I are going to sell you to this circus man. But
-he will be good and kind to you, and teach you new tricks. So go with
-him and be a good bear. Tom and I are going back to the mountains of
-our own country, and perhaps we will catch more bears. Good-by, Dido.”
-
-Tom came out, and blew a sad little tune on the brass horn. Then he too
-said good-by to Dido, and the two men who had traveled around with Dido
-so many months went away. Dido ran after them as far as his chain would
-let him, and then he lay down and put his head between his paws.
-
-Animals don’t cry, of course, but they can feel sad when their kind
-masters or mistresses go away, and I am sure Dido felt sad. Dogs
-sometimes feel so badly at being parted from their masters that they
-will not eat.
-
-But Dido was not that way. A little later, when the circus man came out
-to the stable with a nice piece of fish for the dancing bear, Dido ate
-it and was very glad to get it.
-
-“Now, Dido,” said the man, “you are my bear, and I will be good to you.
-We are not going about the country any more, to let you go dancing in
-the streets and fields. You are going to perform in a circus ring,
-under a tent, something like you did before, and I think you will like
-it.”
-
-Then came a not very happy time for Dido. He was put in a big box,
-something like the trap in which he had been caught. But this box was
-larger, as Dido was a big bear now, and the box had water in it, and
-nice things to eat.
-
-Then the box, with Dido in, was put on a wagon and taken to the
-railroad station, where it was lifted on a train. Dido slept as much
-as he could, for he did not like to travel that way. He would much
-rather have tramped through the woods and over the fields. But soon his
-journey was at an end.
-
-Still in his box he was taken from the train, and when the box was
-opened Dido found himself in what he thought at first was a big white
-house. In it were many other animals, in cages, as Dido could see, and
-he could smell other animals whom he could not see.
-
-Dido walked out and rolled over in a pile of straw. It felt so good to
-be out of that cage, that he wanted to laugh――and that is the way all
-animals laugh. Then the dancing bear heard a voice saying close to his
-ear:
-
-“Well, I do believe it’s my old friend Dido, whom I met in Madison
-Square Garden, New York City! Aren’t you Dido, the dancing bear?”
-
-“That’s who I am,” answered Dido, standing up, “and you are――”
-
-“Tum Tum, the jolly elephant,” was the answer. “I’m glad to see you
-again.”
-
-Dido looked around, and there, surely enough, was Tum Tum, holding out
-his long nose, or trunk. Dido rubbed noses with him.
-
-“How did you get here?” asked Tum Tum.
-
-“Oh, my masters sold me to another man, and he said he was going to put
-me in a circus. I guess this is it.”
-
-“Yes, this is the circus,” answered Tum Tum. “Only it is traveling
-around now, instead of staying for weeks at a time in New York. We go
-to a new city every day, and we have a big tent instead of Madison
-Square Garden to act in. This white house you see over us is a tent.”
-
-“Oh, a tent, eh?” said Dido. “Well, it is quite nice.”
-
-“Yes, it is nice except in cold weather,” said the elephant, who not
-having fur, could not stand cold as bears can. “In the winter there is
-no circus in a tent,” said Tum Tum.
-
-“What do you do in winter?” asked Dido.
-
-“Oh, when it is time for the snow and ice the circus goes, I have been
-told, up to a place where we stay in big, warm barns until summer comes
-again.”
-
-Tum Tum told Dido many things about the circus, for which I have not
-space in this book. And Dido also learned many new things. He learned
-to sleep in a cage on wheels, in which he was drawn about the country,
-or put on big, flat railroad cars to be pulled from place to place.
-This was when the circus traveled, which was, nearly always, at night.
-
-And Dido’s new master taught him many new tricks which the dancing bear
-did in the circus ring, besides doing the ones George had taught him.
-Dido learned to ride on a bicycle, he learned to walk across a long
-pole, that was resting on two barrels. He learned to roll over and over
-inside a barrel, and he learned to let a dog sit on his back and be
-given a ride.
-
-Dido liked it very much in the circus, and he made many friends, not
-only among the animals but among the circus folk, for Dido was a gentle
-bear.
-
-But best of all Dido liked Tum Tum, the jolly elephant.
-
-“I met a friend of yours while I was out traveling,” said Dido to the
-circus elephant one day.
-
-“Who was it?” asked Tum Tum.
-
-“Don, the runaway dog.”
-
-“Oh, do tell me about him,” begged Tum Tum, as he ate a bag of peanuts
-a little girl held out to him. So Dido told about meeting Don.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XII
-
-DIDO IN A FIRE
-
-
-“What else did you do besides meeting Don?” asked Tum Tum, when the
-dancing bear had finished telling about the runaway dog.
-
-“Oh, many things happened to me,” said Dido. “I had many adventures, as
-many, I think, as would fill a book.”
-
-“Who knows?” asked Tum Tum. “Perhaps they will be put in a book. I
-never thought my adventures would be printed, but they were. Just you
-wait.”
-
-So Dido waited, and while he waited the circus went on from place
-to place. People came into the big tent to look at the animals, and
-watch those who, like Dido, did tricks. Very often Dido’s new master
-would think up a different trick for Dido to do, and the bear was very
-anxious to please.
-
-There was one trick Dido learned to do which he did not like at all, at
-first. This was jumping through a big wooden ring which had little jets
-of fire all around it. At least Dido thought it was fire, for the jets
-glowed brightly, though they were not hot.
-
-At first when his master brought out this glowing, blazing hoop, or
-ring, Dido shrank away from it. But his master stood on the other side
-of it, holding out an apple and a bun. Dido wanted both, very much,
-but when he walked around the outside of the hoop, instead of leaping
-through it to get the treat, his master put them away.
-
-“No, no, Dido,” he said. “To get the apple and bun you must jump
-through the hoop. Come on. It won’t hurt you. You know I would never do
-anything to hurt you.”
-
-So, after a bit, Dido did jump through the blazing hoop to get the
-apple, and he found he was not hurt in the least, nor burned. And,
-later on, he learned that around the hoop were only tiny electric
-lights, like those which are sometimes put on Christmas trees in place
-of candles, and these lights you can hold in your hand without feeling
-any heat.
-
-So Dido learned a new trick, and when he did it the people in the
-circus tent clapped their hands loudly. By this time Dido had learned
-that this meant they were pleased with him.
-
-The people also clapped when Tum Tum did his tricks, and one day Tum
-Tum and Dido performed a trick together. They had to practice it a
-long while, though, before it was well done. And this was the trick:
-
-On the broad, strong back of the jolly elephant was built a platform of
-boards. It was square, and made so it could be lifted on and off, being
-fastened on by broad straps, as are the little houses on the elephants’
-backs in circus parades.
-
-By means of a little ladder Dido and his new master could climb up to
-this platform on Tum Tum’s back, and there, as the big elephant marched
-around the ring, Dido did his dance, while the man played on the same
-horn that Tom had used.
-
-Around and around on the platform up on the back of Tum Tum, the jolly
-elephant, rode Dido and his master. Dido did such a funny dance that he
-made the children laugh.
-
-“You are a very good bear,” said his master, patting him and giving him
-two buns, one extra.
-
-Dido did many other tricks in the circus as it went from place to
-place. But now the weather was getting cooler.
-
-“We shall soon go to our Winter quarters,” said Tum Tum. “And then for
-some time we will stay in the same place, night after night.”
-
-“Oh, I don’t mind traveling,” spoke Dido. “I rather like it.”
-
-One day, as Dido was asleep in his cage after having done his tricks,
-he heard a noise near the edge of the tent. It was a mewing, crying
-sort of noise, and, the first thing Dido knew, something small and
-black scrambled into his cage and hid down among the straw.
-
-“Hello there!” called Dido, in animal language. “Who are you?”
-
-“Oh, I’m Blackie,” was the answer. “Please don’t drive me out.”
-
-“Of course I won’t drive you out,” said Dido kindly. “But who are you,
-and why is your name Blackie?”
-
-“I am a cat, and I am called Blackie because I am black,” was the
-answer, and then a cat stuck her head out from under the straw in
-Dido’s cage, where he always went to rest after having done his tricks.
-
-“What is the matter with you?” asked Dido. “You seem frightened.”
-
-“I am frightened,” said Blackie. “A lot of bad boys were chasing me and
-throwing stones at me. I ran as fast as I could, but they nearly caught
-me. But I saw this big white house and I ran in it. Then I saw a place
-to hide under the straw in your cage-wagon, and I jumped up here.”
-
-“And you are very welcome,” said Dido kindly. “I am glad you got away
-from the boys. But this is not a white house, though I thought it was
-myself, at first.”
-
-“What is it?” asked Blackie.
-
-“It is a circus tent. If you like you may stay and see me do my tricks.”
-
-“Thank you, I would like to stay,” spoke Blackie, “but you see I am
-trying to find my way home. I am lost.”
-
-“Lost!” exclaimed Dido. “That’s what happened to Don, the runaway dog.
-He knows Tum Tum, our jolly elephant.”
-
-“Was Don lost?” asked Blackie.
-
-“Yes, but he found his home again.”
-
-“I hope I do,” said Blackie. “I used to live with a very nice little
-boy and girl, who treated me kindly, and gave me warm milk for
-breakfast. One day I strayed too far off, went in a vacant house and
-was locked in. I found my way to the roof and, later, met a good lady
-who cared for me. She took me out to the country in a basket, but when
-the cover came loose I jumped out, thinking I could find my way back
-home alone. But I can’t seem to, and I’ve walked ever and ever so far.
-Then these boys chased me and I ran in here.”
-
-“Well, I wish I could help you, but I can’t leave the circus,” said
-Dido. “Here is a bit of fish I didn’t need; you may have that, and
-perhaps you will feel better after eating.”
-
-Blackie did. She thanked Dido very much and went to sleep in the straw
-of the bear’s cage. One of the animal men saw her and gave her some
-milk to drink.
-
-“Can’t you really stay and see me do some tricks?” asked Dido.
-
-“No, thank you,” spoke Blackie. “I’ll just peep out of this tent, as
-you call it, and if the boys are gone I’ll trot along. Maybe I shall
-find my home to-day.”
-
-Blackie looked out under the tent. She saw no boys.
-
-“Good-by!” called the lost cat to Dido. “I’m going away.”
-
-“I hope you find your home, and that I see you again,” said Dido.
-“Good-by!”
-
-In a few more weeks the weather grew quite cool, and one day the big
-circus tent was taken down for the last time, the cages were put on the
-cars, and the circus started on a long journey.
-
-“Where are we going?” asked Dido of Tum Tum.
-
-“To the big barns I told you about,” answered the jolly elephant. “We
-are going into winter quarters.”
-
-And, a few days later, there is where Dido found himself. He was still
-kept in his cage, which was in a big barn with many other cages of
-animals. There were horses and elephants in the barn, Tum Tum being
-there, of course.
-
-Dido did not have to do his tricks every day now. But once a week or
-so his master came to put him through them, to see that the bear had
-not forgotten how to dance, or turn somersaults.
-
-It was nice and warm in the big circus barn, and the animals had enough
-to eat, so they had a very good time of it.
-
-“Still I liked traveling about the country with George and Tom,” said
-Dido. “It was real jolly sleeping out of doors, except when it rained.
-And I like going about with the circus, too.”
-
-“Oh, you will be able to go about again,” said Tum Tum. “When warm
-weather comes we shall travel once more.”
-
-But something happened which nearly stopped all the circus animals from
-ever traveling about the country again.
-
-One night Dido was awakened in his cage by a queer smell. And there was
-a funny feeling in his nose and throat as if he wanted to sneeze.
-
-Dido stood up in his cage and looked across the barn. He saw smoke,
-and he knew what smoke was, for he had often seen Tom and George make
-a fire in the woods to boil coffee. And Dido saw fire with the smoke.
-Then he knew what the queer smell was that had made him want to sneeze.
-It was the smoke in his nose.
-
-The fire grew brighter and the smoke thicker. Dido stood close to the
-bars of his cage and called to Tum Tum, who was asleep standing up, as
-elephants often do.
-
-“Tum Tum!” called Dido in animal talk, “the circus barn is on fire! The
-barn is on fire! What shall we do?”
-
-Tum Tum awoke with a start. He looked at the fire, which was in one end
-of the barn, farthest off from the animal cages.
-
-“Oh, my! A fire!” cried Tum Tum. “That is terrible! We must get out
-somehow!”
-
-“That is easy for you to do,” cried Dido, “for you are not in a cage.
-But what shall I do?”
-
-“We must call to the circus men to come and let you caged animals out,”
-said Tum Tum. “I’ll call,” and he made a loud trumpet noise.
-
-“They had better hurry,” said Dido. “The fire is growing hotter. Once
-my masters made a fire in the woods, and it spread in the dry leaves so
-they had to get water and put it out. Oh, Tum Tum, can’t you let me out
-of my cage?”
-
-“Yes,” said Tum Tum, “I will. I can open many animal cages with my
-trunk.” Tum Tum was a trick elephant and could do many things. He soon
-had opened the cage of the dancing bear, and Dido could jump out. By
-this time the other animals were much excited by the fire. Some of them
-broke out of their cages by themselves. Others Tum Tum let out, helped
-by Dido.
-
-[Illustration: He soon had opened the cage of the dancing bear and Dido
-jumped out.]
-
-“But we must get out of the burning circus barn,” Dido said. “To be out
-of our cages will do us no good unless we get out of the barn, too.”
-
-Tum Tum, and the other elephants and other animals, ran around the
-inside of the circus barn, looking for an open door. But there was
-none. All the doors and windows were tightly fastened to keep out the
-cold.
-
-By this time men could be heard outside shouting about the fire. Dido
-ran up to one door. This led outside, as he knew, for he had come in
-and out of it several times.
-
-“Tum Tum!” called the dancing bear, “if we could break open this door
-we could get out and let the other animals out too. Let us try to break
-down the door.”
-
-“All right!” cried Tum Tum. “I will bang it with my strong head. Look
-out! Here I come!”
-
-Tum Tum backed up a little way. Then he ran at the door and struck it
-with his head. At first it would not open. But when Tum Tum struck it
-again and again, and when Dido hit on it with his powerful paws, the
-door began to splinter and crack.
-
-“Good!” cried the other animals. “Dido and Tum Tum will now let us out
-of the burning barn!”
-
-Dido and Tum Tum banged on the door. With his paws Dido pulled away
-the splinters and pieces of wood that Tum Tum broke off with his head.
-Soon there was room for all the animals to go out.
-
-“Come on!” cried Tum Tum. And he and Dido let all the other animals run
-out first and then they went out. And it was high time, too, for the
-barn was blazing very hot and fast now.
-
-Then men came up with hoses to squirt water on the fire, while other
-men drove the animals to another barn where they could stay for a while.
-
-“All the animals saved!” cried the head circus man when the fire was
-out. “That’s fine! I wonder how they got out of the barn.”
-
-“Oh, Dido and Tum Tum let them out,” said one of the trainers. “I saw
-the elephant and bear break down the door.”
-
-Then the circus folk, as well as the animals, loved Dido and Tum Tum
-more than ever. Soon the burned barn was built over new, and it was
-better than before. Dido stayed in it all winter and when spring came
-again he and Tum Tum started out with the circus show again.
-
-I wish I had space to tell you other adventures of Dido, the dancing
-bear, but this book is quite filled, as you may see. And Dido did
-finally get into a book, didn’t he? I hope he likes what I have
-written about him, if he ever sees it.
-
-But if I can not tell you any more about Dido I can about Blackie,
-the cat who hid in the bear’s cage. So the next book will be named
-“Blackie, a Lost Cat: Her Many Adventures.” And I hope you will like
-what I have to write about her.
-
-“Tum Tum,” said Dido one day as he was dancing on the platform on the
-elephant’s back, “do you remember the fire?”
-
-“I should say I _did_,” answered Tum Tum. “I never want to see another.”
-
-“Nor do I,” spoke Dido, as he whirled about while his circus master
-tooted a gay tune on the brass horn.
-
-Then Dido turned somersaults in the circus ring, jumped through the
-lighted hoop and did many other tricks.
-
-And now let us all say:
-
-“Good-by, Dido!”
-
-
-THE END
-
-
-
-
-GOOD STORIES FOR CHILDREN
-
-(From four to nine years old)
-
-THE KNEETIME ANIMAL STORIES
-
-By RICHARD BARNUM
-
-
-[Illustration]
-
-In all nursery literature animals have played a conspicuous part; and
-the reason is obvious, for nothing entertains a child more than the
-antics of an animal. These stories abound in amusing incidents such as
-children adore, and the characters are so full of life, so appealing to
-a child’s imagination, that none will be satisfied until they have met
-all of their favorites――Squinty, Slicko, Mappo, and the rest.
-
- 1 Squinty, the Comical Pig.
- 2 Slicko, the Jumping Squirrel.
- 3 Mappo, the Merry Monkey.
- 4 Tum Tum, the Jolly Elephant.
- 5 Don, a Runaway Dog.
- 6 Dido, the Dancing Bear.
- 7 Blackie, a Lost Cat.
- 8 Flop Ear, the Funny Rabbit.
- 9 Tinkle, the Trick Pony.
- 10 Lightfoot, the Leaping Goat.
- 11 Chunky, the Happy Hippo.
- 12 Sharp Eyes, the Silver Fox.
- 13 Nero, the Circus Lion.
- 14 Tamba, the Tame Tiger.
- 15 Toto, the Rustling Beaver.
- 16 Shaggo, the Mighty Buffalo.
- 17 Winkie, the Wily Woodchuck.
-
-_Cloth, Large 12mo., Illustrated._
-
-
- BARSE & HOPKINS
- Publishers
- Newark, N. J. New York, N. Y.
-
-
- * * * * *
-
-
- Transcriber’s Notes:
-
- ――Text in italics is enclosed by underscores (_italics_).
-
- ――Punctuation and spelling inaccuracies were silently corrected.
-
- ――Archaic and variable spelling has been preserved.
-
- ――Variations in hyphenation and compound words have been preserved.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-End of Project Gutenberg's Dido, the Dancing Bear, by Richard Barnum
-
-*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK DIDO, THE DANCING BEAR ***
-
-***** This file should be named 61450-0.txt or 61450-0.zip *****
-This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
- http://www.gutenberg.org/6/1/4/5/61450/
-
-Produced by Donald Cummings and the Online Distributed
-Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
-
-Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will
-be renamed.
-
-Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
-law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
-so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
-States without permission and without paying copyright
-royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
-of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
-concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
-and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive
-specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this
-eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook
-for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports,
-performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given
-away--you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks
-not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the
-trademark license, especially commercial redistribution.
-
-START: FULL LICENSE
-
-THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
-PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
-
-To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
-distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
-(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
-Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
-www.gutenberg.org/license.
-
-Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-
-1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
-and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
-(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
-the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
-destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your
-possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
-Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
-by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the
-person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph
-1.E.8.
-
-1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
-used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
-agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
-things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
-paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this
-agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
-
-1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the
-Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
-of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual
-works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
-States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
-United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
-claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
-displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
-all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
-that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting
-free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm
-works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
-Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily
-comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
-same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when
-you share it without charge with others.
-
-1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
-what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
-in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
-check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
-agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
-distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
-other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no
-representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
-country outside the United States.
-
-1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
-
-1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
-immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear
-prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work
-on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the
-phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed,
-performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
-
- This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
- most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
- restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
- under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this
- eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the
- United States, you'll have to check the laws of the country where you
- are located before using this ebook.
-
-1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is
-derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
-contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
-copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
-the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
-redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
-either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
-obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
-with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
-must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
-additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
-will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works
-posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
-beginning of this work.
-
-1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
-work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
-
-1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
-electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
-prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
-active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm License.
-
-1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
-compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
-any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
-to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format
-other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official
-version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site
-(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
-to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
-of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain
-Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the
-full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
-
-1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
-performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
-unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
-access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-provided that
-
-* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
- the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
- you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
- to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has
- agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
- within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
- legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
- payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
- Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
- Literary Archive Foundation."
-
-* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
- you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
- does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
- License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
- copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
- all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm
- works.
-
-* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
- any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
- electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
- receipt of the work.
-
-* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
- distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
-
-1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than
-are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
-from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The
-Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
-
-1.F.
-
-1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
-effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
-works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
-Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
-contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
-or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
-intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
-other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
-cannot be read by your equipment.
-
-1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
-of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
-liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
-fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
-LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
-PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
-TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
-LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
-INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGE.
-
-1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
-defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
-receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
-written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
-received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
-with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
-with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
-lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
-or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
-opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
-the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
-without further opportunities to fix the problem.
-
-1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
-in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO
-OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
-LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
-
-1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
-warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
-damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
-violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
-agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
-limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
-unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
-remaining provisions.
-
-1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
-trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
-providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in
-accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
-production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
-including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
-the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
-or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or
-additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any
-Defect you cause.
-
-Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
-electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
-computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
-exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
-from people in all walks of life.
-
-Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
-assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
-goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
-remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
-and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future
-generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
-Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at
-www.gutenberg.org
-
-
-
-Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
-
-The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
-501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
-state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
-Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
-number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
-U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
-
-The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the
-mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its
-volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous
-locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt
-Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to
-date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and
-official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
-
-For additional contact information:
-
- Dr. Gregory B. Newby
- Chief Executive and Director
- gbnewby@pglaf.org
-
-Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
-spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
-increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
-freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
-array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
-($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
-status with the IRS.
-
-The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
-charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
-States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
-considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
-with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
-where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
-DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
-state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
-have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
-against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
-approach us with offers to donate.
-
-International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
-any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
-outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
-
-Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
-methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
-ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
-donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works.
-
-Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be
-freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
-distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of
-volunteer support.
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
-editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
-the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
-necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
-edition.
-
-Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search
-facility: www.gutenberg.org
-
-This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
-including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
-subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
-
diff --git a/old/61450-0.zip b/old/61450-0.zip
deleted file mode 100644
index b64bd17..0000000
--- a/old/61450-0.zip
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/61450-h.zip b/old/61450-h.zip
deleted file mode 100644
index ef7770f..0000000
--- a/old/61450-h.zip
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/61450-h/61450-h.htm b/old/61450-h/61450-h.htm
deleted file mode 100644
index 5d9878c..0000000
--- a/old/61450-h/61450-h.htm
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,4976 +0,0 @@
-<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
- "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
-<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en">
- <head>
- <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8" />
- <meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css" />
-
- <title>
- Dido, the Dancing Bear, by Richard Barnum—A Project Gutenberg eBook
- </title>
-
- <link rel="coverpage" href="images/cover.jpg" />
-
- <style type="text/css">
-
-/* DACSoft styles */
-
-body {
- margin-left: 10%;
- margin-right: 10%;
-}
-
-/* General headers */
-h1 {
- text-align: center; /* all headings centered */
- clear: both;
-}
-
-/* Chapter headers */
-h2 {
- text-align: center;
- font-weight: bold;
- line-height: 1.5em;
-}
-
-.chapter {
- page-break-before: always;
-}
-
-.nobreak {
- page-break-before: avoid;
-}
-
-/* Indented paragraph */
-p {
- margin-top: .51em;
- margin-bottom: .49em;
- text-align: justify;
- text-indent: 1em;
-}
-
-/* Unindented paragraph */
-.noi { text-indent: 0em; }
-
-/* Centered unindented paragraph */
-.noic {
- text-indent: 0em;
- text-align: center;
-}
-
-/* Drop caps */
-p.cap { text-indent: 0em; }
-
-p.cap:first-letter {
- float: left;
- padding-right: 3px;
- font-size: 250%;
- line-height: 83%;
-}
-
-/* Non-standard paragraph margins */
-.p2 { margin-top: 2em; }
-.p4 { margin-top: 4em; }
-.p6 { margin-top: 6em; }
-
-/* Horizontal rules */
-hr {
- width: 33%;
- margin-top: 2em;
- margin-bottom: 2em;
- margin-left: 33.5%;
- margin-right: 33.5%;
- clear: both;
-}
-
-hr.chap {width: 65%; margin-left: 17.5%; margin-right: 17.5%;}
-
-hr.r20 {
- width: 20%;
- margin-left: 40%;
- margin-right: 40%;
- margin-top: 1em;
- margin-bottom: 1em;
-}
-
-/* Lists */
-ol {list-style-position:inside;}
-
-ul { list-style-type: none; }
-
-li {
- text-indent: 0em;
- padding-left: 0em;
-}
-
-/* Tables */
-table {
- margin-left: auto;
- margin-right: auto;
-}
-
-/* Table cell alignments */
-.tdl {text-align: left;}
-
-.tdrb {
- text-align: right;
- vertical-align: bottom;
-}
-
-.tdrt {
- text-align: right;
- padding-right: 0.75em;
- vertical-align: top;
-}
-
-th {
- font-weight: normal;
-}
-
-/* Physical book page and line numbers */
-.pagenum { /* uncomment the next line for invisible page numbers */
- /* visibility: hidden; */
- position: absolute;
- right: 3%;
-/* left: 92%; */
- font-size: x-small;
- text-align: right;
- color: gray;
-} /* page numbers */
-
-/* Text appearance */
-.smcap {font-variant: small-caps;}
-
-/* Small fonts and lowercase small-caps */
-.smfont {
- font-size: .8em;
-}
-
-.smfontr {
- font-size: .75em;
- text-align: right;
-}
-
-/* Illustration caption */
-.caption {
- font-size: .75em;
- font-weight: bold;
-}
-
-/* Images */
-img {
- max-width: 100%; /* no image to be wider than screen or containing div */
- height:auto; /* keep height in proportion to width */
-}
-
-.figcenter {
- margin: auto;
- text-align: center;
- max-width: 100%; /* div no wider than screen, even when screen is narrow */
-}
-
-.figleft {
- float: left;
- clear: left;
- margin-left: 0;
- margin-bottom: 1em;
- margin-top: 1em;
- margin-right: 1em;
- padding: 0;
- text-align: center;
-/* max-width: XX%; */
-}
-
-@media handheld {
-.figleft {
- float: left;
- margin: 0;
- text-align: center;
- }
-}
-
-/* Transcriber's notes */
-.tnote {
- background-color: #E6E6FA;
- margin-left: 10%;
- margin-right: 10%;
- padding-bottom: .5em;
- padding-top: .5em;
- padding-left: .5em;
- padding-right: .5em;
-}
-
-.tntitle {
- font-size: 1.25em;
- font-weight: bold;
- text-align: center;
- clear: both;
-}
-
-/* Title page borders and content. */
-.title {
- font-size: 1.75em;
- font-weight: bold;
- text-align: center;
- clear: both;
-}
-
-.subtitle {
- font-size: 1.5em;
- text-align: center;
- clear: both;
-}
-
-.author {
- font-size: 1.25em;
- text-align: center;
- clear: both;
-}
-
-.works {
- font-size: .75em;
- text-align: center;
- clear: both;
-}
-
-/* Advertisement formatting. */
-.adpage {
- margin-left: 15%;
- margin-right: 15%;
- text-align: left;
-}
-
-.adbox {
- border: 2px solid black;
- padding-left: 1em;
- padding-right: 1em;
- margin: auto;
- max-width: 20em;
-}
-
-@media handheld {
- .adpage {
- margin-left: auto;
- margin-right: auto;
- }
-
- .adbox {
- border: 2px solid black;
- padding: 1em;
- margin: auto;
- max-width: 100%;
- }
-}
-
-.adgroup {
- font-size: 1.25em;
- font-weight: bold;
- text-align: center;
- clear: both;
-}
-
-.adtitle {
- font-size: 1.5em;
- font-weight: bold;
- text-align: center;
- clear: both;
-}
-
-.adauthor {
- font-size: 1.25em;
- text-align: center;
- clear: both;
-}
-
-/* Hanging indent. */
-.hang {
- text-indent: -2em;
- padding-left: 3em;
-}
-
-.ident {
- padding-left: 0.5em;
-}
-
- </style>
- </head>
-<body>
-
-
-<pre>
-
-The Project Gutenberg EBook of Dido, the Dancing Bear, by Richard Barnum
-
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most
-other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
-whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of
-the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
-www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you'll have
-to check the laws of the country where you are located before using this ebook.
-
-Title: Dido, the Dancing Bear
- His Many Adventures
-
-Author: Richard Barnum
-
-Illustrator: C. P. Bluemlein
-
-Release Date: February 19, 2020 [EBook #61450]
-
-Language: English
-
-Character set encoding: UTF-8
-
-*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK DIDO, THE DANCING BEAR ***
-
-
-
-
-Produced by Donald Cummings and the Online Distributed
-Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
-
-
-
-
-
-
-</pre>
-
-
-
-<div class="figcenter" style="width: 600px;">
-<img src="images/cover.jpg" width="600" height="795" alt="cover" title="cover" />
-</div>
-
-
-
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-<div id="i_frontis" class="figcenter" style="width: 432px;">
-<img src="images/i_frontis.jpg" width="432" height="600" alt="" title="" />
-<br />
-<div class="caption"><a href="#Page_110">Dido did jump through the blazing hoop to get the
-apple.</a></div>
-</div>
-
-
-
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-<p class="noi subtitle"><i>Kneetime Animal Stories</i></p>
-
-
-<h1>DIDO<br />
-THE DANCING BEAR</h1>
-
-<p class="noi subtitle">HIS MANY ADVENTURES</p>
-
-<p class="p2 noic">BY</p>
-
-<p class="noi author">RICHARD BARNUM</p>
-
-<p class="noi works">Author of “Squinty, the Comical Pig,” “Mappo, the<br />
-Merry Monkey,” “Tum Tum, the Jolly Elephant,”<br />
-“Blackie, a Lost Cat,” “Flop Ear, the<br />
-Funny Rabbit,” etc.</p>
-
-
-<p class="p2 noi works"><i>ILLUSTRATED BY</i></p>
-
-<p class="noic"><i>C. P. BLUEMLEIN</i></p>
-
-
-<p class="p4 noic">PUBLISHERS<br />
-<span class="noi adauthor">BARSE &amp; HOPKINS</span><br />
-NEW YORK, N. Y.            NEWARK, N. J.</p>
-
-
-
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-<div class="adbox">
-<p class="noi author">KNEETIME ANIMAL STORIES</p>
-
-<p class="noic">By Richard Barnum</p>
-
-<p class="noic"><i>Illustrated.</i></p>
-
-<ul>
-<li class="hang"><span class="smcap">Squinty, the Comical Pig</span></li>
-<li class="hang"><span class="smcap">Slicko, the Jumping Squirrel</span></li>
-<li class="hang"><span class="smcap">Mappo, the Merry Monkey</span></li>
-<li class="hang"><span class="smcap">Tum Tum, the Jolly Elephant</span></li>
-<li class="hang"><span class="smcap">Don, a Runaway Dog</span></li>
-<li class="hang"><span class="smcap">Dido, the Dancing Bear</span></li>
-<li class="hang"><span class="smcap">Blackie, a Lost Cat</span></li>
-<li class="hang"><span class="smcap">Flop Ear, the Funny Rabbit</span></li>
-<li class="hang"><span class="smcap">Tinkle, the Trick Pony</span></li>
-<li class="hang"><span class="smcap">Lightfoot, the Leaping Goat</span></li>
-</ul>
-
-<p class="noic">(<i>Other volumes in preparation</i>)</p>
-
-<p class="noic">BARSE &amp; HOPKINS<br />
-Publishers            New York</p>
-</div>
-
-<p class="p2 noic">Copyright, 1916<br />
-by<br />
-Barse &amp; Hopkins</p>
-
-<hr class="r20" />
-
-<p class="noic"><i>Dido, the Dancing Bear</i></p>
-
-<p class="p6 noic">MADE IN U. S. A.</p>
-
-
-
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-<h2><a name="CONTENTS" id="CONTENTS">CONTENTS</a></h2>
-
-
-<table border="0" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" summary="Contents">
-<col style="width: 20%;" />
-<col style="width: 70%;" />
-<col style="width: 10%;" />
-<tr>
- <th class="smfontr">CHAPTER</th>
- <th class="tdl"></th>
- <th class="smfontr">PAGE</th>
-</tr>
-<tr>
- <td class="tdrt">I</td>
- <td class="tdl smcap"><a href="#CHAPTER_I">Dido Cuts Up</a></td>
- <td class="tdrb">7</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
- <td class="tdrt">II</td>
- <td class="tdl smcap"><a href="#CHAPTER_II">Dido Is Caught</a></td>
- <td class="tdrb">16</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
- <td class="tdrt">III</td>
- <td class="tdl smcap"><a href="#CHAPTER_III">Dido Is Trained</a></td>
- <td class="tdrb">28</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
- <td class="tdrt">IV</td>
- <td class="tdl smcap"><a href="#CHAPTER_IV">Dido Learns to Dance</a></td>
- <td class="tdrb">38</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
- <td class="tdrt">V</td>
- <td class="tdl smcap"><a href="#CHAPTER_V">Dido Crosses the Ocean</a></td>
- <td class="tdrb">48</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
- <td class="tdrt">VI</td>
- <td class="tdl smcap"><a href="#CHAPTER_VI">Dido in the Country</a></td>
- <td class="tdrb">58</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
- <td class="tdrt">VII</td>
- <td class="tdl smcap"><a href="#CHAPTER_VII">Dido Meets Don</a></td>
- <td class="tdrb">66</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
- <td class="tdrt">VIII</td>
- <td class="tdl smcap"><a href="#CHAPTER_VIII">Dido Helps a Girl</a></td>
- <td class="tdrb">74</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
- <td class="tdrt">IX</td>
- <td class="tdl smcap"><a href="#CHAPTER_IX">Dido in the Bakery</a></td>
- <td class="tdrb">83</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
- <td class="tdrt">X</td>
- <td class="tdl smcap"><a href="#CHAPTER_X">Dido Scares a Man</a></td>
- <td class="tdrb">92</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
- <td class="tdrt">XI</td>
- <td class="tdl smcap"><a href="#CHAPTER_XI">Dido in the Circus</a></td>
- <td class="tdrb">100</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
- <td class="tdrt">XII</td>
- <td class="tdl smcap"><a href="#CHAPTER_XII">Dido in a Fire</a></td>
- <td class="tdrb">109</td>
-</tr>
-</table>
-
-
-
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-<h2><a name="ILLUSTRATIONS" id="ILLUSTRATIONS">ILLUSTRATIONS</a></h2>
-
-
-<table border="0" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" summary="Illustrations">
-<col style="width: 80%;" />
-<col style="width: 20%;" />
-<tr>
- <th class="tdl hang"></th>
- <th class="smfontr">PAGE</th>
-</tr>
-<tr>
- <td class="tdl hang"><a href="#i_frontis">Dido did jump through the blazing hoop
-to get the apple</a></td>
- <td class="tdrb"><i>Frontispiece</i></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
- <td class="tdl hang"><a href="#i_p023">But Dido climbed up a tree to get away</a></td>
- <td class="tdrb">23</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
- <td class="tdl hang"><a href="#i_p043">Into the tub of water he jumped with a
-splash</a></td>
- <td class="tdrb">43</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
- <td class="tdl hang"><a href="#i_p065">Dido, the dancing bear and Tum Tum, the
-jolly elephant</a></td>
- <td class="tdrb">65</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
- <td class="tdl hang"><a href="#i_p081">Just as the dog was going to jump Dido
-stepped in between them</a></td>
- <td class="tdrb">81</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
- <td class="tdl hang"><a href="#i_p095">Jacko and Dido were eating cakes from the
-window</a></td>
- <td class="tdrb">95</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
- <td class="tdl hang"><a href="#i_p117">He soon had opened the cage of the dancing
-bear and Dido jumped out</a></td>
- <td class="tdrb">117</td>
-</tr>
-</table>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_7" id="Page_7">[7]</a></span></p>
-
-
-
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<p class="noi title">DIDO,<br />
-THE DANCING BEAR</p>
-
-
-<h2 class="nobreak"><a name="CHAPTER_I" id="CHAPTER_I">CHAPTER I</a><br />
-<small>DIDO CUTS UP</small></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p class="cap">In the woods, on top of a mountain, in a far-off
-country there once lived a family of
-nice bears. I call them nice bears for
-they were. Of course they had long claws, and
-sharp teeth, but they never bit any one, or
-scratched any one, because there were no boys or
-girls, or men or women, living in that part of the
-woods.</p>
-
-<p>I suppose, though, if a boy went on top of the
-mountain, and began throwing stones or sticks
-at the nice bears, they might have run out and
-scratched him to make him go away. Mind, I’m
-not saying for sure, but maybe. But, as I have
-said, there were no boys in the woods to bother
-the bears who lived all by themselves in a den
-among the rocks.</p>
-
-<p>A bear’s house is called a den, because it is such
-a nice, cozy, warm place, just as your father or<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_8" id="Page_8">[8]</a></span>
-brother may have a room of his own, all fixed
-up with the things he likes best, and he calls that
-his den.</p>
-
-<p>Well, in this den in the woods on top of the
-mountain lived the five bears. There was Mr.
-Bear, the papa, and Mrs. Bear, the mother, and
-there were three little bears, called cubs, just as
-little dogs are called puppies.</p>
-
-<p>One little bear was named Gruffo, because he
-had such a deep, gruff voice, though it was not at
-all cross. And another bear was named Muffo,
-because he had such big, soft furry paws that
-when he folded them together it looked just as if
-he were carrying a muff.</p>
-
-<p>And besides Gruffo and Muffo there was another
-bear, the smallest of the three, called Dido.
-Now I am going to tell you some of the many
-adventures Dido had. Adventures, you know,
-are what happen to you.</p>
-
-<p>“Gruffo and Muffo, you must take good care
-of your little brother Dido when you go off playing
-in the woods,” said Mrs. Bear, for though
-the bears could not speak in our language they
-had talk of their own which was just as plain to
-them as our A B and C talk is to us.</p>
-
-<p>“Take good care of Dido,” Mrs. Bear would
-say. “Don’t run away from him, or he might
-be lost. And don’t climb big trees and leave
-him on the ground, or something might happen<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_9" id="Page_9">[9]</a></span>
-to him. And never take him too far out in the
-water of the lake when you go swimming, or he
-might be drowned.”</p>
-
-<p>“We won’t, Mother,” said Gruffo and Muffo.
-“We’ll take good care of Dido.”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, I guess I can take care of myself,” said
-Dido, making a funny face with his queer, black,
-rubbery nose.</p>
-
-<p>“Now that wasn’t a nice thing to say,” said
-Mrs. Bear, holding up her paw and gently shaking
-it at Dido. “You ought to be glad your bigger
-brothers will look after you.”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, so I am, Mother,” answered Dido. “I’m
-sorry I spoke that way. May they take me
-swimming now, down to the lake?”</p>
-
-<p>“I guess so,” answered Mrs. Bear. “Run
-along, little cubs. I have to go out and see if I
-can find some berries or sweet roots for your dinner.”</p>
-
-<p>Bears, you know, like to eat berries and the
-sweet roots of some trees and bushes. Bears also
-like fish, and honey. Say! if ever you have a
-pet bear, which might some day happen, you
-know, and you want to give him a special extra
-treat, just bring him some honey. He will love
-it so much that he will eat every bit of it up, box
-and all!</p>
-
-<p>So while Dido, with his brothers Gruffo and
-Muffo, walked on along the mountain path to the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_10" id="Page_10">[10]</a></span>
-lake, Mrs. Bear went off in the woods to find
-some roots and berries for dinner. Of course the
-little bears might have been able to find some
-for themselves, but you know how it is with children.
-Even though they know where the things
-are to eat they like their mother to get a meal for
-them.</p>
-
-<p>“I can run faster than you can!” cried Dido to
-his two brothers, as they went along through the
-woods. “Look!” And off he started, swinging
-from side to side, brushing the bushes out of his
-way as he went.</p>
-
-<p>“Pooh! I can go faster than that!” called
-Gruffo in his deep voice. “Watch me!”</p>
-
-<p>Then he began to run, and, as he was bigger
-than Dido, of course he ran faster, and soon
-passed him.</p>
-
-<p>“I can beat you, Gruffo!” cried Muffo.
-“See!” Then Muffo ran, and of course he easily
-ran ahead of the other two bear cubs.</p>
-
-<p>“Let’s have another race,” said Dido, a little
-later. “I think I can beat you both then,” and
-slipping up behind Gruffo he began tickling him
-in his ear with a piece of tree branch.</p>
-
-<p>“Ouch! What’s that, a bee?” cried Gruffo,
-brushing his ear with his paw, for his ear tickled.
-He did not see what Dido was doing.</p>
-
-<p>“Let me alone, bee!” growled Gruffo. “That
-is, unless you will show me the hollow tree where<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_11" id="Page_11">[11]</a></span>
-you have some honey,” went on the bear cub.
-“If you do that you may tickle me all you
-please!”</p>
-
-<p>“Ha! Ha!” laughed Muffo at the funny way
-Dido was tickling Gruffo. “Ha! Ha! Ho! Ho!”
-and he nearly fell down, he laughed so hard.</p>
-
-<p>Of course I don’t mean to say that bears laugh
-as we do, but they have their own way of making
-fun and laughing at it. So when I say, in this
-story, that a bear laughs, or talks or does anything,
-I mean he does it in a bear’s way, and not
-in our way.</p>
-
-<p>“Where is that bee?” asked Gruffo. And
-then, as he heard Muffo laughing, and Dido giggling,
-Gruffo turned quickly and saw that it was
-his little brother tickling him in the ear with the
-stick.</p>
-
-<p>“Here, you stop that!” cried Gruffo, and he
-reached out his paw to catch Dido. But Dido
-jumped back, and so quickly that he tripped over
-a tree root, and down he went, turning a back
-somersault.</p>
-
-<p>“Ha! Ha! Ho! Ho!” laughed Gruffo this
-time. “That was very funny, Dido. Do it
-again!”</p>
-
-<p>“No,” answered Dido, “I will not, if you
-please. I did not do it on purpose, and besides,
-I bumped my nose when I fell.”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, that’s too bad!” said Gruffo, for he remembered<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_12" id="Page_12">[12]</a></span>
-what his mother had said about looking
-after little Dido. “I’m sorry you hurt your
-nose,” went on Gruffo. “Still, if you had not
-tickled me you would not have fallen. Never
-mind, here is some soft mud you can hold on
-your nose, that will make it well.”</p>
-
-<p>From a wet place, near a spring of water,
-Gruffo took up some soft mud, and put it on his
-little brother’s nose.</p>
-
-<p>“Does that make the pain better?” asked
-Gruffo.</p>
-
-<p>“Lots better, thank you,” answered Dido.
-For it is true that bears and other animals use
-mud as we do plaster and poultices. If ever
-your dog gets stung by a bee on the nose, you
-watch him hunt for some soft mud to put on the
-stinging place.</p>
-
-<p>“Well, come on if we’re going swimming,”
-said Muffo, after a bit.</p>
-
-<p>So the three bears went on through the woods
-on the mountain, until they came to the lake,
-where the water was blue and clear and cold.
-Without stopping to take off any clothes (for of
-course they did not wear any), the three bears
-plunged into the water and began swimming
-about. Bears love to play in the water, and that
-is why, in parks and other places where they
-keep tame bears, there is always a pool of water
-for them to splash in. And sometimes there is a<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_13" id="Page_13">[13]</a></span>
-wooden ball in the water for the bears to play
-with, too, for bears love to play.</p>
-
-<p>“Watch me dive!” cried Dido, and down he
-went under the water. Up he came, a little
-later, right near Muffo, and with his paw Dido
-splashed some water in Muffo’s face.</p>
-
-<p>“Say, you’re cutting up a lot to-day, Dido!”
-cried Muffo. “What makes you do so many
-tricks?”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, I just feel happy!” cried Dido, gayly.</p>
-
-<p>Then he swam about some more, splashing in
-the water of the lake, and lapping some water
-with his red tongue.</p>
-
-<p>“I wish we could catch some fish,” said Gruffo,
-after a bit. “I’m hungry.”</p>
-
-<p>“So am I,” said Muffo. “Let’s go fishing.”</p>
-
-<p>“I’m coming, too,” said Dido.</p>
-
-<p>The bears came up out of the water, with their
-fur dripping wet, and started to go fishing.
-They did not need poles or lines or hooks. All
-they had to do was to sit on a log, near the lake,
-and when, by looking down, they saw a fish
-swimming along they just put their claws quickly
-in and pulled the fish out. It was very easy for
-them, but it would have been hard for you or me.</p>
-
-<p>“Ha! I see a fish!” suddenly cried Dido.
-“Watch me catch him!”</p>
-
-<p>Down into the water he thrust his paw. But
-something was wrong. Either Dido did not see<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_14" id="Page_14">[14]</a></span>
-the fish, and only thought he did, or he went
-after it too quickly. For he reached over too
-far, and the next thing he knew he was splashing
-in the lake again. He had fallen in.</p>
-
-<p>“Ho! Ho!” laughed Muffo. “That’s a queer
-way to fish, Dido.”</p>
-
-<p>“I—I didn’t meant to do that!” spluttered
-Dido, as he crawled out on the bank.</p>
-
-<p>“Try again,” said Gruffo, as he helped his little
-brother out on the log. “Maybe next time
-you will catch one. Now you watch how I do
-it,” for Gruffo knew that Dido was little, and
-had many things to learn that bears must know
-if they are to get along in the woods.</p>
-
-<p>Pretty soon Gruffo saw a big fish, and with
-one scoop of his paw he landed it on the bank.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, that’s a fine one!” cried Dido. “I wish
-I could catch one like that.”</p>
-
-<p>“I’ll give you some of this,” said Gruffo
-kindly. “There is enough for all of us.”</p>
-
-<p>Then he divided the fish with his two brothers,
-and they ate it, not stopping to cook it as we
-would have to do. Bears like their meat and
-fish without being cooked.</p>
-
-<p>After they had eaten the fish, and had swam
-in the lake to wash their paws and faces, the
-three bears went back to the den in the rocks.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, Mother, we had such fun!” cried Dido.
-Then he saw his father asleep in the sun, and,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_15" id="Page_15">[15]</a></span>
-taking up a leafy branch Dido went softly over
-and began to tickle Mr. Bear on the nose.</p>
-
-<p>“Wuff! Ker-choo!” sneezed Mr. Bear.
-“What’s that; a fly?”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, it’s just Dido,” said Mrs. Bear. “He’s
-cutting up again. You must not be too funny,”
-she went on, shaking her paw at her little bear
-cub, “or some day something may happen to
-you.”</p>
-
-<p>And one day something did happen to Dido.</p>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_16" id="Page_16">[16]</a></span></p>
-
-
-
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<h2><a name="CHAPTER_II" id="CHAPTER_II">CHAPTER II</a><br />
-<small>DIDO IS CAUGHT</small></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p class="cap">One nice, warm sunny day, when it was
-too hot to stay inside the den among the
-rocks, the nice bears were all out in
-front, lying in the shade of the woods.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, my! How hot it is!” cried Dido, and he
-opened his mouth wide, and let his red tongue
-hang out, for animals, such as dogs and bears,
-cool themselves off that way. You must have
-seen your dog, when he had run fast, after a cat,
-perhaps, open his mouth and breathe fast, with
-his tongue hanging out.</p>
-
-<p>“Let’s go swimming in the lake again!” cried
-Dido to his brothers.</p>
-
-<p>“All right,” agreed Gruffo.</p>
-
-<p>“We’ll all go,” said Mr. Bear. “Come
-along.”</p>
-
-<p>So off through the woods walked the family
-of bears toward the cool, blue lake, high up in
-the mountains. Dido could hardly wait to get
-there, and as soon as he saw, through the trees,
-the sparkle of the water he began to run. He
-ran so fast that he stumbled over a stone, and fell
-down.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_17" id="Page_17">[17]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>“Oh, Dido!” called his mother. “You must
-be more careful. You must not go so fast.
-Something will happen to you some day if you
-do not look where you are going.”</p>
-
-<p>“I didn’t hurt myself that time, anyhow,” answered
-Dido, as he got up, and jumped into the
-lake. There he swam about, as did the father
-and mother bear, and the other two cubs. Dido
-splashed his brothers every time he came near
-them, but they did not mind, for he was such a
-cute little fellow and he meant no harm. Besides,
-it was so warm that the more water they
-had on them the better Gruffo and Muffo
-liked it.</p>
-
-<p>“It makes me hungry to go in swimming,”
-said Mrs. Bear. “I am going off in the woods
-to look for some berries.”</p>
-
-<p>“I’m coming, too,” said Dido. “For I am
-hungry myself.”</p>
-
-<p>Soon Mrs. Bear found a bush on which were
-growing some big red berries. These she pulled
-off with her forepaws, which were, to her, almost
-like our hands are to us, and the mother
-bear filled her mouth with the fruit. Dido did
-the same, and soon he was not as hungry as he
-had been. Then along came Mr. Bear, with
-Gruffo and Muffo, and they, too, ate the red berries
-off the bushes.</p>
-
-<p>All at once Mr. Bear stopped eating, and, lifting<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_18" id="Page_18">[18]</a></span>
-his nose up in the air, sniffed very hard two
-or three times.</p>
-
-<p>“What is the matter?” asked Mrs. Bear
-quickly.</p>
-
-<p>“I think I smell a man,” answered the papa
-bear. “See if you can smell anything.”</p>
-
-<p>Mrs. Bear lifted her nose up in the air and
-she, also, sniffed. Bears, you know, as do most
-wild animals, use their noses as much as they do
-their eyes to tell when there is danger. And to
-wild animals a man, nearly always, means danger.
-If you were out in the woods, and could
-not see any one, you could not tell, just by smelling
-the air, whether some person was near you
-or not—that is, unless they had a lot of perfume
-on them, and then, if the wind was blowing toward
-you, why you might smell that.</p>
-
-<p>But bears have much better noses for smelling
-than have we, and they can smell a man in the
-woods even if he has no cologne on him.</p>
-
-<p>“Sniff! Sniff!” went Mr. Bear.</p>
-
-<p>“Sniff! Sniff!” went Mrs. Bear.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, I can surely smell a man,” the papa bear
-said in a low voice. “It is the first time I have
-known them to come around here.”</p>
-
-<p>“And so can I smell a man,” added Mrs. Bear.
-“We had better get away from here.”</p>
-
-<p>Then the bears ran off through the woods to
-their den. For though big bears are very strong<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_19" id="Page_19">[19]</a></span>
-and can fight well, they would much rather run
-away from a man than fight him, unless they find
-they can not get away. For when a man goes
-into the woods where there are bears he nearly
-always has a gun with him, and while bears
-know they are stronger than a man they also
-know that a gun is stronger than a dozen bears.</p>
-
-<p>When Dido, with his brothers and father and
-mother, got back to the den in the rocks, the little
-bear cub saw that his father was worried about
-something. Mr. Bear walked up and down in
-front of the pile of rocks, sniffing the air, and
-looking on all sides.</p>
-
-<p>“What is the matter, Papa?” asked Dido, in
-bear talk, of course.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s that man I smelled in the woods,” said
-Mr. Bear. “I fear he may find our den.”</p>
-
-<p>“Well, what if he does?” asked Dido.</p>
-
-<p>“Then it would not be safe for us to stay here,”
-answered Mrs. Bear. “If men are coming into
-our woods it is time for us to go away.”</p>
-
-<p>“What! go away from our nice den?” asked
-Gruffo. For though the den was only a hole
-in the rocks, with a pile of leaves in one corner
-for a bed, still, to the bears, it was as much a
-home as your house is to you.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, it would not be safe to stay while men
-are around,” said Mr. Bear. “That is the first
-time I have ever smelled them in our woods.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_20" id="Page_20">[20]</a></span>
-Though a friend of mine, Mr. Lion, who lives
-farther down the mountain, said he has often
-seen men near his cave. Once some men on elephants
-chased him, but he got away.”</p>
-
-<p>“Have you ever seen a man?” asked Dido of
-his father.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, yes, often, but always afar off. And the
-men did not see me.”</p>
-
-<p>“What does a man look like?” asked Dido, for
-he had never seen any, though he had heard of
-them.</p>
-
-<p>“A man is a queer creature,” said Mr. Bear.
-“He walks up on his hind feet, as we do sometimes,
-but when he walks on his four feet he can
-only go slowly, like a baby. Even you could
-run away from a man on his four feet, Dido.”</p>
-
-<p>“How queer!” said the little bear.</p>
-
-<p>“But don’t try it,” said Mrs. Bear quickly.
-“Keep away from men, Dido, for they might
-shoot you with one of their guns.”</p>
-
-<p>“What else is a man like?” the little bear
-asked.</p>
-
-<p>“Well, he has a skin that he can take off and
-put on again,” said Mr. Bear.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, how very funny!” cried Dido. “Take
-off his skin? I should think it would hurt!”</p>
-
-<p>“It doesn’t seem to,” said the papa bear. “I
-don’t understand how they do it, but they do.”</p>
-
-<p>Of course what Mr. Bear thought was skin<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_21" id="Page_21">[21]</a></span>
-was a man’s clothes, which he takes off and puts
-on again. But though bears are very wise and
-smart in their own way, they don’t know much
-about men, except to be afraid of them.</p>
-
-<p>“I do not like it that men are coming up in
-our woods,” said Mr. Bear. “It means danger.
-So be careful, Dido, and you, too, Gruffo and
-Muffo, that you do not go too far away. Perhaps
-the man has come up here to set a trap to
-catch us.”</p>
-
-<p>“What is a trap?” asked Dido.</p>
-
-<p>“It is something dangerous, to catch bears,”
-his mother told him. “Some traps are made of
-iron, and they have sharp teeth in them that
-catch bears by the leg and hurt very much.
-Other traps are like a big box, made of logs. If
-you go in one of these box traps the door will
-shut and you can not get out.”</p>
-
-<p>“What happens then?” asked Dido.</p>
-
-<p>“Then the man comes and gets you.”</p>
-
-<p>“And what does he do with you?” the little
-bear cub wanted to know.</p>
-
-<p>“That I can not say,” answered Mrs. Bear.
-“Perhaps your father knows.”</p>
-
-<p>Mr. Bear shook his head.</p>
-
-<p>“All I know,” he answered, “is that the man
-takes you away if he finds you in his trap. But
-where he takes you I do not know, for I was
-never caught, and I hope I never will be.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_22" id="Page_22">[22]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>“I hope so, too,” said Dido, and he sniffed the
-air to see if he could smell the man, but he could
-not.</p>
-
-<p>For a number of days after that the bears did
-not go far from their den in the rocks. They
-were afraid the man might shoot them.</p>
-
-<p>But, after a while, all the berries and sweet
-roots close by had been eaten, and the bears had
-to go farther off. Besides, they wanted some
-fish, and they must go to the lake or river to
-catch them. So after Mr. Bear had carefully
-sniffed the air, and had not smelled the man-smell,
-the bears started off through the woods
-again to get something to eat.</p>
-
-<p>Dido ran here and there, sometimes on ahead
-and again he would stay behind, slipping up
-back of his brothers to tickle them. Oh, but
-Dido was a jolly little bear, always looking for
-fun.</p>
-
-<p>The bears found some more red berries, and a
-few blue ones, and some sweet roots, and they
-also caught some fish, which made a good dinner
-for them. Then they went swimming in the
-lake again before going back to their den.</p>
-
-<p>In the afternoon, when Gruffo was asleep in
-the shade, Dido went softly up to him, and
-poured a paw full of water in his brother’s ear.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_23" id="Page_23">[23]</a></span></p>
-
-<div id="i_p023" class="figcenter" style="width: 394px;">
-<img src="images/i_p023.jpg" width="394" height="600" alt="" title="" />
-<br />
-<div class="caption"><a href="#Page_24">But Dido climbed up a tree to get away.</a></div>
-</div>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_24" id="Page_24">[24]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>“Wuff! Ouch! What’s that? Is it raining?”
-cried Gruffo, suddenly waking up. Then
-he saw that Dido had played the trick on him,
-and he ran after the little bear. <a href="#i_p023">But Dido
-climbed up a tree to get away</a>, and he did it in
-such a funny way, his little short tail going
-around like a Fourth of July pinwheel, that
-Gruffo had to sit down and laugh.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, you are such a funny cut-up bear!” he
-said, laughing harder than ever, and when a bear
-laughs he can’t very well climb a tree.</p>
-
-<p>“Come on down, I won’t do anything to you,”
-said Gruffo, after a while, so Dido came down.
-Then he turned somersaults on a pile of soft
-leaves. Next he stood on his hind legs, and began
-striking at a swinging branch of a tree with
-his front paws, as you have seen a kitten play
-with a cord of a window curtain.</p>
-
-<p>“Dido is getting to be a real cute little cub,”
-said Mrs. Bear.</p>
-
-<p>Then, all of a sudden, Dido struck at the tree
-branch, but he did not hit it and he fell over
-backward.</p>
-
-<p>“Look out!” cried Mr. Bear. “You’ll hurt
-yourself, Dido.”</p>
-
-<p>“I didn’t hurt myself that time,” said the little
-bear, “for I fell on some soft, green moss.”</p>
-
-<p>“Well, there will not always be moss for you
-to fall on,” his mother said. “So look out.”</p>
-
-<p>One day, when Mr. Bear came back from a
-long trip in the woods, he brought some wild<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_25" id="Page_25">[25]</a></span>
-honey in his paws. And oh! how good it tasted
-to Dido and Gruffo and Muffo!</p>
-
-<p>“Show me where the bee-tree is, Papa,”
-begged Dido. “I want to get some more
-honey.”</p>
-
-<p>“It is too far away,” answered the papa bear.
-“Besides, I saw a man in the woods as I was getting
-the honey out of a hollow tree. It would
-not be safe for you to go near it when men are
-around.”</p>
-
-<p>But the honey tasted so good to Dido that the
-little bear cub made up his mind that he simply
-must have more.</p>
-
-<p>“I know what I’ll do,” he said to himself.
-“When none of the others are watching me I am
-going off by myself in the woods and look for a
-bee-tree to get some honey. I don’t believe
-there’s any danger.”</p>
-
-<p>So about a week after this, one day, Dido saw
-his two brothers asleep outside the den. Mr.
-Bear had gone off to the lake, perhaps to catch
-some fish, and Mrs. Bear was in the den, stirring
-up the leaves that made the bed, so it would be
-softer to lie on.</p>
-
-<p>“Now’s my chance,” thought Dido, in the way
-bears have of thinking. “I’ll just slip off in the
-woods by myself, and find a honey-tree. I’ll
-bring some honey home, too,” said Dido, for he
-was not a selfish little bear.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_26" id="Page_26">[26]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>Walking softly, so as not to awaken his brothers,
-and so his mother, making the leaf-bed in the
-den, would not know what he was doing, away
-slipped Dido to the woods.</p>
-
-<p>He shuffled along, now and then finding some
-red berries to eat, or a bit of sweet root, and
-every little while he would lift his nose up in the
-air, as he had seen his father do, and sniff to see
-if he could smell a man-smell.</p>
-
-<p>“But I don’t smell any,” said Dido. “I guess
-it’s all right.”</p>
-
-<p>Then, all at once, he felt a little wind blowing
-toward him, and on the breeze came the nicest
-smell.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, it’s honey!” cried Dido. “It’s honey! I
-have found the honey-tree! Oh, how glad I
-am!”</p>
-
-<p>He hurried on through the woods, coming
-nearer and nearer to the honey smell all the
-while, until, after a bit, he saw in among the
-trees something square, like a box, made of little
-logs piled together. And inside the thing like a
-box was a pile of honey. Dido could see it and
-smell it. But he did not rush up in a great
-hurry.</p>
-
-<p>“That doesn’t look like the honey-tree father
-told about,” the little bear cub thought. “He
-said he had to climb a tree. This honey is low
-down. Still it is honey, so this must be a honey-tree,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_27" id="Page_27">[27]</a></span>
-and if it is low down so much the better for
-me. I will not have to climb.”</p>
-
-<p>Dido sniffed the air again. He wanted to see
-if there was a man-smell about. But all he
-could smell was the honey.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, I guess it’s all right,” said the bear cub.
-“I’m so hungry for that honey I can’t wait!
-Here I go!”</p>
-
-<p>Dido fairly ran into the box and began to eat
-the honey on the floor of it. But, no sooner had
-he taken a bite, than suddenly a queer thing happened.</p>
-
-<p><em>Bang!</em> went something behind Dido, and when
-he looked around he saw that the box was shut
-tight. A sliding door had fallen down and poor
-Dido was a prisoner.</p>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_28" id="Page_28">[28]</a></span></p>
-
-
-
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<h2><a name="CHAPTER_III" id="CHAPTER_III">CHAPTER III</a><br />
-<small>DIDO IS TRAINED</small></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p class="cap">For a moment Dido was so frightened that
-he did not know what to do. His heart
-beat very fast, just as you can feel your
-kittie’s heart beat fast after a dog has chased her.
-The little bear cub stopped eating the honey,
-good as it was, and he looked carefully around
-him.</p>
-
-<p>“I wonder what has happened to me?” mused
-Dido.</p>
-
-<p>He soon guessed. For when he tried to get
-out the same way he had come in, he found he
-could not. A heavy door of logs had fallen
-down, and push as hard as he could, Dido could
-not open it.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh dear!” whined the little bear cub. “I
-guess I am in one of those traps papa told about.
-This must be a box trap. But how did the honey
-get here? That is caught, too.”</p>
-
-<p>Thinking of the honey made Dido hungry for
-some more, so he ate a little.</p>
-
-<p>Then Dido tried again to get out, scratching
-with his strong little claws on the log sides of
-the big box. But Dido could not get out that<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_29" id="Page_29">[29]</a></span>
-way any more than he could break through the
-thick door. Soon the little bear cub was very
-much frightened, and he cared no more for the
-honey, though there was some left.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh dear! Oh dear!” thought Dido. “I
-have done something very wrong. I ought not
-to have gone off in the woods by myself. Papa
-said there might be traps, but I did not think this
-was one. I did not sniff the man-smell, I only
-smelled the honey.”</p>
-
-<p>Poor, foolish Dido! That was why the man
-who had set the trap had put the honey in it—so
-the bear, if one came along, would smell that
-sweet stuff and not notice the man-odor.</p>
-
-<p>With his heart beating faster than ever, Dido
-now ran around all sides of the box-trap, trying
-to find a way out. But there was none. He
-could look through the cracks between the logs,
-and see the green woods where he had walked
-along so freely only a little while before. But
-now Dido could not get out to climb a tree or do
-anything else.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, what will happen to me?” he asked himself.
-“I must get out! I must get out!”</p>
-
-<p>But Dido could not. He grew tired of running
-around the cage, and pushing on the sides
-and doors. His paws ached. His tongue was
-hanging out like a dog’s, and his breath came
-fast.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_30" id="Page_30">[30]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>“I’ll lie down and rest,” said Dido. “Perhaps
-by then my papa or mamma will come and look
-for me and let me out.”</p>
-
-<p>So Dido rested and then he ate a little more of
-the honey. It did not taste as nice now, for he
-was in trouble, and when even a bear is in trouble
-he can not eat well.</p>
-
-<p>Dido waited and waited, but no papa or
-mamma bear came for him. It is true that Mr.
-Bear and Mrs. Bear soon missed their little cub,
-and they went looking for him, but I will tell
-you about that part later on.</p>
-
-<p>All at once Dido, in the trap, heard the voices
-of some men talking. He knew they must be
-men, for he had heard his father tell about them.
-And Dido also noticed the man-smell coming to
-him through the cracks in the trap. He could
-smell that queer smell now, even though he was
-close to the honey.</p>
-
-<p>“Ha!” cried one man. “The trap is closed!
-There must be a bear in it!”</p>
-
-<p>“Don’t be too sure,” said another man.
-“Maybe he got out.”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh dear, if I only <em>could</em> get out,” thought
-Dido, though he did not know what the men
-said. Later on he was to learn to know man-talk,
-though he could never speak it himself.
-Just as your dog knows what you say when you
-call him to come to you, or to run home, though<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_31" id="Page_31">[31]</a></span>
-your dog can not speak to you, except by barking,
-which, I suppose, is a sort of dog language.</p>
-
-<p>Anyhow, Dido heard the men talking, even if
-he did not know what they said. They hurried
-up to the trap, as Dido could see, and one looked
-in through a crack.</p>
-
-<p>“We’ve caught a bear!” cried the first man.
-“We really have!”</p>
-
-<p>“Have we?” asked the other. “That’s good.”</p>
-
-<p>“But he’s an awful little one,” said the first
-man.</p>
-
-<p>“Never mind, he’ll grow fast enough,” the
-second man said. “And they are easier to train
-to dance when they are little.”</p>
-
-<p>“What funny things those men are saying,”
-thought Dido. “I wonder if they are talking
-about me? Maybe they will let me out.”</p>
-
-<p>But the men did not seem to be going to do
-that. They walked all around the trap, looking
-carefully at it.</p>
-
-<p>“He can’t get out,” said the big man, for Dido
-could see that one man was tall, and the other
-short, just as Dido’s father was larger than he.
-“He can’t get out of the trap,” said the big man,
-“and we can pick it up, with him in it, and carry
-it away. If we had caught a bigger bear we
-could not do that.”</p>
-
-<p>“That honey you put in the trap made good
-bait,” said the short man.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_32" id="Page_32">[32]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>“I thought it would,” replied the other.
-“Bears will go almost anywhere to get honey.
-And as soon as this one went in and began eating,
-he loosened the rope that held up the door,
-and it fell down. That’s how he was caught.”</p>
-
-<p>Dido did not understand all this talk, but he
-wished, with all his heart, that he had not gone
-in to eat the honey.</p>
-
-<p>“Come on,” said the big man, “we’ll carry the
-cage-trap out to the road and put it on the
-wagon. Then, in a few days, I will begin to
-teach this bear to dance.”</p>
-
-<p>Dido ran around in the cage or trap once
-more, trying to get out, but he could not. And
-the next thing he knew he felt himself being
-lifted up and carried along. This frightened
-him more than ever, but there was nothing he
-could do, for he could not get out. He could
-smell the man-smell very plainly now, for the
-men were walking along close to the trap, carrying
-it.</p>
-
-<p>Pretty soon Dido could see, through the
-cracks, that the woods were not as thick as they
-had been. He was being taken away from his
-beloved forest where he had lived all his short
-life. He was being taken away from the den-house,
-and from his father and mother and
-brothers.</p>
-
-<p>And, even though Dido was only a bear he<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_33" id="Page_33">[33]</a></span>
-felt badly, as all animals do when they are taken
-to a new and strange place.</p>
-
-<p>“If ever I get out of this trap,” thought Dido,
-“I’ll bite and scratch those men until they let me
-go.”</p>
-
-<p>Biting and scratching comes natural to bears,
-as it does to some cats, you know, and you could
-hardly find fault with Dido for wanting to get
-loose. He did not learn, until afterward, that
-the men were going to be kind to him.</p>
-
-<p>Pretty soon Dido felt his trap being lifted up.
-Then it was set down on a wagon, and horses began
-to draw it down the mountain to the place
-where the trappers lived. For the two men
-were trappers, and they set traps in the woods
-to catch wild animals, which they trained to do
-tricks and sold to circuses, or to persons who
-wanted them. Dido did not learn until afterward
-what horses were, but he knew they must
-be strong animals to pull a heavy wagon and the
-two men and himself in the log-trap.</p>
-
-<p>How long he rode on the wagon Dido did not
-know, but after a while he felt himself being
-lifted up again and he was carried into a queer
-place. Though the little bear cub did not know
-what it was he found out later that it was a barn.
-It was dark in there, almost as dark as in the
-woods at night, but Dido was not afraid of the
-dark. He rather liked it.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_34" id="Page_34">[34]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>“Are you going to take the little bear out of
-the trap?” asked the little man.</p>
-
-<p>“Not right away,” answered the big man. “I
-will first let him get quiet. I want to tame him
-a bit so he will not bite. I won’t give him anything
-to eat or drink for a long while, and then
-he will be so hungry and thirsty that he will not
-be afraid when I come near to give him something.”</p>
-
-<p>And that is just what happened to Dido. The
-sweet honey had made him thirsty, and he was
-very warm from having tried so hard to get out
-of the trap. Oh! how he wanted a drink of water
-from the cool, blue lake! But there was no
-water in the cage-trap.</p>
-
-<p>Finally Dido fell asleep. When he opened
-his eyes again he could see a little light shining
-through the chinks of the trap. Then he
-smelled the man-smell again, and he heard the
-big man say:</p>
-
-<p>“Well, I wonder how my little bear is to-day?”</p>
-
-<p>Dido growled, as all wild bears do when first
-they know a man is near them.</p>
-
-<p>“Not very tame yet, I guess,” the man said.
-“But you soon will be, when you get hungrier
-and more thirsty.”</p>
-
-<p>Dido thought he never had been so thirsty.
-His mouth was hot, and his tongue was dry.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_35" id="Page_35">[35]</a></span>
-That was worse than being hungry. All day
-long he had no water, though he whined for it
-as he had whined when he was a little baby bear
-and wanted his mother to feed him.</p>
-
-<p>On the second day the big man opened a little
-hole in the trap. Dido quickly put out his head—that
-was all he could put out. The man
-reached his hand toward Dido, who growled
-good and hard.</p>
-
-<p>“Quiet now! Quiet!” said the man. “I
-won’t hurt you. Here is some water for you to
-drink.” He put down a basin of water where
-Dido could reach it, and the smell of that water
-was so good to Dido that he drank it even while
-the man was standing near. And as the bear
-drank the man patted him on the head and spoke
-softly to him. This time Dido did not growl,
-for he liked to be petted. But, best of all, he
-liked the water.</p>
-
-<p>Then the hole in the cage was closed again,
-and Dido was left alone. He was getting quite
-hungry now, but there was nothing to eat. He
-had eaten all the honey, and licked clean the
-boards where it had been.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, how I wish I had some red berries or
-sweet roots,” thought the little bear cub. And
-just then he smelled something that made his
-nose quiver. It was fish.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, I wonder if my father has come for me<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_36" id="Page_36">[36]</a></span>
-and brought me a fish from the blue lake?”
-Dido asked himself.</p>
-
-<p>But when the little hole in the trap was opened
-Dido saw the big man. Dido growled, and then
-he was sorry, for he saw the man holding out a
-piece of fish to him.</p>
-
-<p>“I guess you’ll soon be tame,” said the man.
-“Come now, be a nice bear.” Then Dido ate
-the fish, and had more water to drink.</p>
-
-<p>For nearly a week Dido was kept in the cage.
-Each day the man came to feed and water him,
-and the man always patted the bear cub on the
-head and spoke kindly to him. After a while
-Dido did not mind the man-smell at all. He
-got rather to like it, and to like the man who fed
-him. So that, in a few days, when the man
-opened the big door of the trap, and let Dido
-come out, the bear cub did not try to run away.</p>
-
-<p>For he saw no place to which he could run.
-There were no woods, just a big barn, the doors
-of which were closed. Besides, Dido thought
-if he ran away he would get no more fish or
-water.</p>
-
-<p>“Now I’ll put a collar on you, with a chain,
-so you won’t get lost, and then I’ll begin to train
-you to dance,” said the big man.</p>
-
-<p>Dido felt something being fastened around his
-neck. He did not mind very much, for, at the
-same time, the man gave him something new to<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_37" id="Page_37">[37]</a></span>
-eat. It was soft and white and tasted rather
-sweet, though not as sweet as honey.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, but that is good!” thought Dido. The
-man had given him a chunk of bread, which
-bears like very much. When he had eaten the
-bread Dido looked around for more, and he took
-another piece from the man’s hand, and did not
-growl or bite. Dido was getting tame, you see.</p>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_38" id="Page_38">[38]</a></span></p>
-
-
-
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<h2><a name="CHAPTER_IV" id="CHAPTER_IV">CHAPTER IV</a><br />
-<small>DIDO LEARNS TO DANCE</small></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p class="cap">“You are a very nice, good, little bear,
-and I think you will soon learn to
-dance,” said the man as he rubbed
-Dido on the head, and gave him some water to
-drink, after Dido had eaten the bread. “Yes, I
-must soon start teaching you to dance.”</p>
-
-<p>Of course Dido did not understand this talk—that
-is not all of it, but he knew the man was
-speaking kindly to him, for he could tell by the
-way his voice sounded. Just as your dog can
-tell when you speak kindly to him, or when you
-are cross. If you speak nicely to your dog, and
-call him a good fellow, he will wag his tail, to
-show how glad he is. But when you are cross—Oh!
-how the dog’s tail drops down between his
-legs, and how sadly he looks up at you.</p>
-
-<p>Of course Dido was not quite as tame as a dog,
-but he was beginning to learn that the man
-would not hurt him, and that he would be kind
-to him. So Dido thought he would be good
-himself, and not growl, bite or scratch.</p>
-
-<p>For two or three days more Dido was kept in
-the barn, being chained to a post, with a leather<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_39" id="Page_39">[39]</a></span>
-collar around his neck. Dido did not like this
-collar. He had never worn one before, and did
-not know what it was. In the woods bears
-never wear collars, any more than they do neckties.
-Of course, in a circus, a keeper, or trainer,
-might dress up a bear in real clothes, with a collar
-and tie, just for fun.</p>
-
-<p>Dido did not like the collar around his neck,
-and he pawed and scratched, trying to get it off.
-It was fastened on too snugly, however, and
-would not come loose.</p>
-
-<p>“Let it alone, Dido,” said the man who was to
-be the little bear cub’s keeper. “The collar will
-not hurt you, and I must keep it on so I can lead
-you around by a chain, or rope, when we go
-traveling, and you show the people how well you
-can dance.”</p>
-
-<p>Dido did not understand all this talk, but
-when he found he could not get the collar off he
-stopped trying to loosen it. And he very soon
-found that, though it felt queer at first, it did not
-hurt him, just as the man had said.</p>
-
-<p>Every day Dido was given nice things to eat—big
-chunks of bread, sometimes a bit of fish, and
-once he had a sweet bun with currants on top.
-Oh! that was very good!</p>
-
-<p>“Well, it isn’t so bad being caught in a trap,”
-thought Dido, after a bit. “I have better things
-to eat here than I did in the den at home, and I<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_40" id="Page_40">[40]</a></span>
-do not have to go after them. The man brings
-them to me. I guess men are not as bad as my
-papa and mamma thought.”</p>
-
-<p>Of course Dido’s keeper was good to him, for
-the man wanted to train the little bear to dance,
-and you can not make wild animals learn anything
-except by being kind to them. But I suppose
-all men might not have been as good as the
-one who had caught Dido, so I guess the papa
-and mamma bear were right in being afraid of
-men, and in teaching their children bears to beware
-of the man-smell.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, I like it here very much,” thought Dido,
-as he walked around in the barn as far as his
-chain would let him, and ate a bit of sweet
-cracker which the man threw to him. “But I
-would like a swim in the cold blue lake.”</p>
-
-<p>Then he remembered his brothers, Gruffo and
-Muffo, and Dido was lonesome and homesick.
-He wished very much that he might go back to
-the woods again, and run about under the trees,
-and perhaps find a honey-tree. If Dido had
-been a boy or girl I suppose he would have cried,
-but bears do not know how to do that, which,
-perhaps, is just as well. But, at any rate, Dido
-was lonesome, and most especially for the blue
-lake, for he did want to swim so he might make
-himself nice and clean.</p>
-
-<p>And then, one day, Dido saw the big man and<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_41" id="Page_41">[41]</a></span>
-the little man bringing in the barn a big tub.
-This they filled with water.</p>
-
-<p>“Ha! Now the little bear can have a swim,”
-said the big man. “Jump in, Dido, and have a
-bath.”</p>
-
-<p>Dido smelled the water. He lapped up some
-with his red tongue, and, though it was not quite
-as nice as the water of the blue lake high up in
-the mountains, still it was very good.</p>
-
-<p>“Wuff!” cried Dido, which was his way of
-saying “Fine!” and then <a href="#i_p043">into the tub of water he
-jumped with a splash</a>. Oh! how good it felt to
-be washed!</p>
-
-<p>“Now come out in the sun and dry yourself,”
-said the big man, and he led Dido out of the barn
-by the chain. It was the first time Dido had
-been out in the open air since he had been caught.
-He could feel the warm wind blowing on him,
-he could see the sun and the green trees, for
-there were trees near the trainer’s barn, though
-not so many as in the woods.</p>
-
-<p>Dido felt so jolly at being out in the air that
-he almost thought he was back in his own forest
-again, and as he remembered Gruffo and Muffo,
-and his father and mother, he wanted so much to
-see them that he started to run.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, ho! You mustn’t do that!” said the big
-man, kindly. “I don’t want you to run away
-from me!”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_42" id="Page_42">[42]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>And Dido could not run away, for he was
-held fast by the collar about his neck and the
-chain fastened to the collar. Dido ran as far as
-the chain would let him, and then he came to
-such a sudden stop that he turned a somersault,
-head over heels, as he used to do in front of the
-rocky den, when his mother would laugh at
-him.</p>
-
-<p>The man had fastened the chain to a post in the
-barnyard and Dido could not get away. He felt
-a little choked and out of breath as he got up
-from having turned the somersault, and he
-looked at the man in a queer way, with his eyes
-partly shut.</p>
-
-<p>“There, you see,” spoke the keeper. “You
-can’t get away, Dido, and you might as well
-learn that first as last. I don’t want you to go
-away, and I will be kind and good to you. I
-will feed you all you want to eat, and you will
-have a nice place to sleep—just as nice as you
-had in the woods. And when you learn to dance
-you and I will travel all around the country, and
-the people will give me pennies to see you do
-your tricks. So be a good little bear, and do not
-try to run away.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_43" id="Page_43">[43]</a></span></p>
-
-<div id="i_p043" class="figcenter" style="width: 398px;">
-<img src="images/i_p043.jpg" width="398" height="600" alt="" title="" />
-<br />
-<div class="caption"><a href="#Page_41">Into the tub of water he jumped with a splash.</a></div>
-</div>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_44" id="Page_44">[44]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>Dido, even yet, did not know all the man said,
-of course, but the little bear cub found he could
-not get away, so he sat down and looked around.
-It was good to be out of doors, anyhow. Then
-the man moved a sort of little house, like a
-dog kennel, up near Dido. This was for the
-bear to sleep in nights, or go in out of the rain.
-The little house was in the shade, but Dido’s
-chain was long enough so he could walk over in
-the sun to get dry after his bath.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, I think I shall like it here,” said Dido
-to himself, in the way bears have of talking. “I
-used to have lots of fun with my brothers in the
-woods, but we never had as many nice things to
-eat as I have here, and I have a little house all
-my own. Yes, I think I shall like it here, and
-I will not run away from the man.”</p>
-
-<p>Dido was getting very tame, you see.</p>
-
-<p>Dido had been living out of doors for about
-a week, chained to a post, going in his little
-house nights, and in that time several other men
-came to look at him. They talked with Dido’s
-keeper, and one man told about a big bear he
-had caught in the woods.</p>
-
-<p>“My! I wonder if that could be my father
-or mother?” thought Dido, who, by this time,
-could understand man-talk a little better. But
-there was no way of knowing whether or not it
-was his father or mother who had been caught.</p>
-
-<p>One day Dido’s master brought out some sweet
-buns, and said:</p>
-
-<p>“Now I think it is time you learned to dance.
-Come, Dido, let me see if you know how. When<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_45" id="Page_45">[45]</a></span>
-I blow a tune on my horn lift up your paws and
-dance around. Come now!”</p>
-
-<p>The man loosed Dido’s chain from the post,
-and led the little bear cub out into a nice grassy
-place, where the sun shone through the trees.
-Then the keeper put a horn to his lips and blew
-a jolly tune on it. At first Dido was a bit frightened
-at the music, but soon he found it was not
-going to hurt him, and then he rather liked it.
-Nearly all animals like music, though the way
-some dogs howl when you blow on a mouth organ,
-or play a fiddle, is queer, I think. Perhaps
-the dogs think they are singing.</p>
-
-<p>Anyhow, Dido liked the horn-music which the
-man blew, but still Dido did not know anything
-about dancing, although he stood up on his hind
-legs.</p>
-
-<p>“But I will teach you,” said the man.</p>
-
-<p>He tied one string on Dido’s left hind leg, and
-another string on his right leg. Then the man
-called to two boys to help him.</p>
-
-<p>“Now when I blow the horn,” said the man,
-“first pull on one string and then on the other.
-That will pull Dido’s legs a little, and soon he
-will know that he must lift them up, first one,
-then the other. And pretty soon he will learn
-to do it without any strings—just by hearing the
-music.”</p>
-
-<p>The man again blew on his horn, but Dido<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_46" id="Page_46">[46]</a></span>
-did not dance. Then the little bear cub felt a
-pull on his left hind leg, as he was standing up
-straight, for he did not have to be taught to do
-this. And of course when Dido felt the pull on
-his leg he lifted it up.</p>
-
-<p>“That’s the way!” cried the man, and he tooted
-a merry tune. “Now pull the other string,
-boy!”</p>
-
-<p>The boy did, and Dido lifted up his other leg.
-Then came a pull on the one he had lifted before,
-and soon Dido was lifting first one hind
-leg, and then the other, going around in a circle
-as the man gently pulled him by the chain fastened
-to the collar.</p>
-
-<p>All this while the man played music on the
-horn, and Dido liked it more and more. Soon
-he noticed that as the music went fast he was
-lifting his legs more quickly, and when the music
-played slowly his legs went slowly, too, the boys
-pulling the strings that way.</p>
-
-<p>“He will learn to dance in a little while,” said
-the keeper.</p>
-
-<p>For about an hour Dido had to lift first one
-foot then the other as the strings were pulled and
-the music played. Then he was allowed to rest
-and given a lump of sugar.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh! how good that is!” thought Dido. “It
-is almost as nice as honey!”</p>
-
-<p>The next day Dido practiced his dancing<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_47" id="Page_47">[47]</a></span>
-again, with the strings on his legs. But this time
-he did better. And, at the end of his lesson, he
-was given more sugar. Soon Dido learned to
-know that when the horn played and his keeper
-cried “Dance!” that he must get up on his hind
-legs and circle around, lifting first one foot and
-then the other. And each time he danced Dido
-was given a lump of sugar.</p>
-
-<p>And, finally, one day the man did not put the
-strings to Dido’s legs. He just led the little bear
-out by the chain, and blew the horn.</p>
-
-<p>“Dance, Dido! Dance!” cried the man, playing
-jolly music.</p>
-
-<p>And Dido danced, all by himself, and he liked
-it, too, for the music seemed to make him happy.</p>
-
-<p>“Ah!” cried the man, “my little bear has
-learned to dance! Soon we will go traveling
-over the world together.”</p>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_48" id="Page_48">[48]</a></span></p>
-
-
-
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<h2><a name="CHAPTER_V" id="CHAPTER_V">CHAPTER V</a><br />
-<small>DIDO CROSSES THE OCEAN</small></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p class="cap">Every day, and sometimes two and three
-times a day, Dido’s keeper would come
-out to him with the horn, and make the
-little bear dance. And sometimes Dido grew
-tired. Then the man would give him a sweet
-bun, or a lump of sugar, and Dido could rest in
-the shade, or take a nice bath in the tub of water.</p>
-
-<p>Dido was growing to like to dance, for it was
-something like the tricks he and his brothers used
-to do in the woods, though they never called it
-dancing. They would find a loose, dangling
-branch of a tree and stand up on their hind legs
-to knock it about with their front paws. And
-sometimes when the branch would sway to and
-fro the bear cubs would have to jump quickly
-about to reach it. And that, in a way, was something
-like dancing.</p>
-
-<p>So, after all, dancing is not so very hard for
-a bear to learn. They seem to like it, and Dido
-certainly liked the good things he had to eat
-after each lesson. So now, whenever he heard
-the man play a tune on the shiny brass horn, Dido
-would stand up and dance.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_49" id="Page_49">[49]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>“I think it is time you learned other tricks,”
-the man said one day. “I must teach you how
-to climb a tree and how to stand on your head,
-how to turn somersaults, and how to play soldier.
-But you can not learn all of them at once. We
-will begin on climbing a tree, for that will be
-easy for you.”</p>
-
-<p>Of course the man knew Dido could climb a
-tree, as all bears can do that just as cats can.
-Their claws are sharp, though not quite as sharp
-as are pussies’, and they can stick in the soft bark
-of a tree. Dogs’ claws are not sharp, so that is
-why they can not climb trees.</p>
-
-<p>“Come, Dido, go up in the tree,” said the
-keeper one day, as he fastened a longer chain on
-the bear’s collar. “Go up in the tree,” and he
-led Dido to one.</p>
-
-<p>But Dido did not climb up. He would have
-done so if he had known what the man wanted,
-but Dido did not know just what the words
-meant. He saw the tree, and he knew he could
-climb it, as he had often done in the woods at
-home, but just then he did not feel like climbing
-a tree. Perhaps he thought his chain was too
-short, and he might get a pull that would make
-him fall.</p>
-
-<p>“Ah, I shall have to give you a little lesson,”
-said the man. “Here, boy!” he called, and a boy
-came with a big sweet bun, which he put on a<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_50" id="Page_50">[50]</a></span>
-high branch of the tree, climbing up a ladder to
-do it.</p>
-
-<p>“Now, Dido, go get the bun! Go up in the
-tree and get the bun,” called the man. Dido
-could smell the bun, for he had a very sharp
-nose. And he wanted the bun so much, the little
-bear cub did, that he climbed right up the tree
-and got it.</p>
-
-<p>“Ha!” cried the man. “That’s the way to do
-it! I knew you could climb a tree, but you must
-do it when I tell you to, so as not to keep the
-people waiting when we begin our travels, and
-go all over the world. You will not find a bun
-up a tree every time I ask you to climb it, Dido,”
-said the bear’s keeper, “but I will always give
-you a treat when you have finished your tricks.
-Now come down, Dido!”</p>
-
-<p>But Dido sat on the limb of the tree, eating
-the bun. It tasted so good he did not want to
-come down until he had finished it. Then he
-felt a pull on the chain that was fast to his collar.</p>
-
-<p>“Come down, Dido! Come down!” called
-the man, and he pulled so hard on the chain that
-Dido nearly fell. Then the bear knew what was
-wanted of him, and down he climbed. But he
-had eaten the bun.</p>
-
-<p>“Now we must do it again,” the keeper said.
-“Boy, put another bun up in the tree for Dido.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_51" id="Page_51">[51]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>So the boy did, and Dido climbed up and got
-that bun. Each time the man played a tune on
-the shiny brass horn, and it was a different tune
-from the one he played for Dido to dance. And,
-in a little while, Dido learned to climb up the
-tree whenever he heard this tune, and when the
-man told him to go up, whether there was a bun
-in the tree or not.</p>
-
-<p>You see Dido did not have to learn <em>how</em> to
-climb a tree, for he knew that already. What
-he had to learn was to do it <em>when</em> the man wanted
-him to, and soon he did.</p>
-
-<p>Dido could now do two tricks, if you call
-climbing a tree a trick. Dancing, I think,
-might really be called a trick for a bear, though
-men and women, as well as boys and girls, dance
-and do not think it a trick at all—that is, unless
-they are learning some new, fancy steps.</p>
-
-<p>“Dido, you are a good little bear,” said the
-man, as the little cub came down out of the tree
-after having climbed up. “I wonder if you will
-learn to march like a soldier, and turn a somersault
-as easily as you learned to dance and climb
-a tree?”</p>
-
-<p>Had the man only known it, Dido did not
-have to be taught to turn somersaults, for the
-little cub had often done this in the woods. But
-what Dido did have to learn was to turn a somersault
-when the man told him to.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_52" id="Page_52">[52]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>It took a little longer for Dido to learn these
-two new tricks—marching like a soldier, and
-turning head over heels. But finally he did.
-His keeper was good and kind, and gave him
-nice things to eat, and Dido did his best to please
-the man.</p>
-
-<p>At last came the day when Dido could take a
-stick in his paws, hold it straight up in the air,
-or over his shoulder, as a soldier holds his gun,
-and walk around while the man played a marching
-tune on the shiny brass horn.</p>
-
-<p>Then the little bear cub learned to turn somersaults,
-or, rather, he learned to do it whenever
-the man asked him to, and when the man played
-a certain tune on the horn. But Dido could not
-stand on his head. The man tried to get him to
-do this, but Dido’s hind legs were so heavy that
-whenever he stood on his head, with his front
-feet down on the ground, he would fall over in a
-heap.</p>
-
-<p>“I guess we won’t try that trick,” the man said.
-“It is too hard for you, Dido. We will make up
-an easier one.”</p>
-
-<p>Dido could now dance, turn somersaults,
-march like a soldier, and climb a tree or a telegraph
-pole. Only there were no telegraph poles
-in the mountains, though soon Dido was to see
-some.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_53" id="Page_53">[53]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>Four tricks are quite a number for a little
-bear cub to do, I think, even though some of
-them were easy.</p>
-
-<p>“We must now begin to think of traveling,”
-said the man one day. “Yes, Dido, we will soon
-start on our travel around the world, over to a
-new country called the United States of America.
-That is a new country for me, and it will
-be a new one for you. The people over there
-have lots of money, and they will give me pennies
-when you do your tricks. With the pennies
-I can buy things to eat for me and for you. Yes,
-soon we shall sail over the ocean in a big ship
-and go to America.”</p>
-
-<p>Of course Dido did not know what all this
-talk meant, but he saw his master smiling, and
-the man seemed happy, so Dido was glad, for
-the keeper was kind to him.</p>
-
-<p>A few days after this Dido’s keeper gave him
-a nice dinner of bread, fish and sweet buns.
-Dido saw that the man had a big bundle strapped
-over his back, while on one shoulder was the
-shiny tooting horn. In one hand the man had
-a long stick, with which Dido marched when he
-did his shoulder trick.</p>
-
-<p>“Come, Dido!” called the man, “we are now
-going to start on our travels. We will march
-through my country until we come to the ocean,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_54" id="Page_54">[54]</a></span>
-and there we will take a ship. And on the way
-you shall do your tricks, and the people will give
-us money so we can buy things to eat.”</p>
-
-<p>So Dido and his master started down the
-mountain. At first the bear cub, who had
-grown much larger, felt sad at going away from
-the woods where he had always lived. He
-could look back and see them and he knew the
-blue lake was there, and perhaps his brothers and
-father and mother were swimming in it.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, I wonder if I will ever see them again?”
-thought Dido.</p>
-
-<p>He never did, but then Dido had so many adventures,
-and saw so many new and strange
-sights, that he soon forgot all about his bear-folks.
-That’s the way it is with wild animals,
-you know. And I must tell you that Dido’s
-father and mother, and his brothers Gruffo and
-Muffo, tried very hard to find him.</p>
-
-<p>They went looking for him that same day
-Dido went off to search for the honey-tree. But
-all Mr. Bear could find was the place where the
-trap had been set, with the honey in it.</p>
-
-<p>“I guess poor Dido is gone,” said Mr. Bear to
-his wife.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh dear!” cried Dido’s mother. “Do you
-think a man will eat him?”</p>
-
-<p>“Let us hope not,” said Mr. Bear. “Dido
-was caught in a trap. Well, I told him to be<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_55" id="Page_55">[55]</a></span>
-careful of them, but he did not mind. It is too
-late now. Perhaps he is happier where he
-is.”</p>
-
-<p>And Dido was quite happy. His father and
-mother, soon after that, had to find another den
-to live in, because the animal trappers began
-searching through the mountains for wild creatures,
-and in a little while Dido was forgotten
-by his folks, who had troubles of their own to
-keep away from the hunters.</p>
-
-<p>Down the mountain went Dido and his keeper.
-Soon they came to a little town, or village. Dido
-did not know what it was, but he saw many
-houses, which were larger than the den he had
-lived in among the rocks, and he saw many men,
-like his kind keeper, and women and boys and
-girls.</p>
-
-<p>When Dido’s keeper led him through the village
-streets the boys and girls crowded about to
-see the bear.</p>
-
-<p>“Now, Dido,” said the man, “you shall dance
-for them.”</p>
-
-<p>Then the man played a tooting tune on his
-horn and Dido danced as he had been taught to
-do. Around and around he went, first lifting
-up one foot, then the other, the horn playing all
-the while.</p>
-
-<p>“Good, Dido! Good!” said the man.</p>
-
-<p>The children clapped their hands and<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_56" id="Page_56">[56]</a></span>
-laughed, and the older folks tossed money into
-the hat of the keeper as he passed it around.</p>
-
-<p>“Now march like a soldier!” said the man, and
-Dido did. Then the bear climbed a tree, and
-turned a somersault, and the children laughed
-louder than before, and clapped their hands
-harder.</p>
-
-<p>“What a funny dancing bear!” cried a little
-girl.</p>
-
-<p>“I wish we had him for a pet,” said a little
-boy.</p>
-
-<p>“Ah, ha! I cannot give away my dancing
-bear,” said the man. “He and I are going to a
-far country.”</p>
-
-<p>For many days Dido traveled with the man,
-walking from town to town, sometimes to big
-cities. At night the man would take a blanket
-from the bundle on his back, roll himself up in
-it and go to sleep under a haystack or a bush.
-He would tie Dido to a tree, and the bear would
-go to sleep, too. Only Dido did not have to
-wrap himself up in a blanket, as he had a big,
-thick warm overcoat of fur. This was in the
-summer time, when it was not too cold for the
-man to sleep out of doors.</p>
-
-<p>With the money which the people tossed into
-the hat after they had watched the dancing bear,
-the man would buy things to eat for himself and<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_57" id="Page_57">[57]</a></span>
-for Dido. And thus they traveled on and on
-until finally they came to the seashore.</p>
-
-<p>“Now we will take a ship and go across the
-ocean,” said the man.</p>
-
-<p>Dido did not know what the ocean was, but
-he saw a lot of water, much more than was in the
-blue mountain lake. But it was not the same
-kind. For, when Dido lapped up some with his
-red tongue, the water was salty.</p>
-
-<p>“Wuff! I do not like that water!” said Dido to
-himself.</p>
-
-<p>Dido’s master led him through a long shed
-and up on the ship. Of course Dido did not
-know what a ship was, but soon he found himself
-in a little room with his keeper and he knew it
-was all right. So Dido went to sleep.</p>
-
-<p>When he awakened he felt himself swaying
-up and down as he had often swayed when in the
-top of a tree.</p>
-
-<p>“This is queer,” thought Dido. “I am not in
-a tree, but I am going up and down. What
-makes it?”</p>
-
-<p>It was a ship, you see, tossing on the ocean
-waves. In about a week Dido and his master
-had crossed the ocean and were in America.
-The ship reached the big city of New York, and
-Dido was ready for many new adventures.</p>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_58" id="Page_58">[58]</a></span></p>
-
-
-
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<h2><a name="CHAPTER_VI" id="CHAPTER_VI">CHAPTER VI</a><br />
-<small>DIDO IN THE COUNTRY</small></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p class="cap">New York is a big city, and it is not a
-place where bears live, except in Central
-Park, or Bronx Park, where there
-are many wild animals in cages or dens. And it
-was to New York that Dido had come with his
-keeper.</p>
-
-<p>On the ship Dido had had some adventures,
-and I wish I had space enough in this book to tell
-you about what happened to him. But I think,
-perhaps, you would rather hear about Dido’s
-adventures as he traveled about the country and
-cities, dancing, turning somersaults, and climbing
-trees and telegraph poles.</p>
-
-<p>So I will just say that on the ship Dido did a
-few tricks for the passengers on deck when the
-weather was fine. When it was stormy Dido
-and his keeper had to stay down in their room.
-And Dido had all he wanted to eat.</p>
-
-<p>For there were on that ship many children,
-and when they heard that Dido, the dancing
-bear, was also a passenger they gave him some of
-their buns, apples and other good things. So
-Dido had a happy time.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_59" id="Page_59">[59]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>Once there was a big storm, and the ship almost
-turned a somersault, as Dido himself had
-done in the woods. But the storm passed, the
-sun came out, and the ocean grew quiet. Then
-Dido felt better.</p>
-
-<p>Now he was in New York with his keeper.
-As I have told you, a big city is not a good place
-for a bear to live. Of course there is enough for
-him to eat, if he can get it, but there are not
-many trees, except in the streets, and policemen
-don’t like to see bears climbing the city trees.
-And in a city there are no lakes of blue water,
-in which bears may swim.</p>
-
-<p>But Dido’s master took him to a stable where
-there were many horses, and here Dido felt quite
-at home, though at first the horses were frightened
-when they smelled the bear. For horses
-smell in much the same way as do bears. If you
-have ever held out an apple, or a lump of sugar,
-to a horse you have seen him smell it before he
-tasted it. All animals do this. They can often
-smell better than they can see, and they tell, in
-that way, whether a thing is good for them to
-eat. So when the horses smelled Dido, the
-dancing bear, they were a bit frightened, as they
-were not used to wild animals, and they thought
-Dido was wild. But when they saw him do
-some of his tricks, which he did for practice in
-the barn, the horses were afraid no more.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_60" id="Page_60">[60]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>“We will stay in this stable a little while,” said
-Dido’s master to him, “and then we will go out
-in the country, and people will give us money
-when you dance.”</p>
-
-<p>One day Dido’s keeper went out and stayed a
-long time. When he came back he was very
-happy.</p>
-
-<p>“Ah, Dido!” cried the man, “we are going to
-a circus. You are going to do some tricks there.
-We shall have a good time, and I will get money
-to buy buns for you. After the circus we will go
-out in the nice country, where the trees grow as
-they do on the mountain where I caught you.”</p>
-
-<p>Dido did not know what a circus was, but he
-soon found out.</p>
-
-<p>In New York City is a place called Madison
-Square Garden. It is a big building, and on
-top of the tower, where the pigeons live, is a
-statue of a golden lady, with a bow and arrow.
-The lady is named Diana, and, many, many years
-ago, she used to hunt wild animals in the woods
-of her country. Perhaps that is why they have
-the circus in Madison Square Garden.</p>
-
-<p>A circus there is not like one in a tent. All
-the animals and all the performers are in one big
-building. The animals are mostly down in the
-basement, as they call it.</p>
-
-<p>And it was there that Dido was taken by his<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_61" id="Page_61">[61]</a></span>
-keeper. The dancing bear rode in a big express
-wagon, just as he had ridden down the mountain
-after he had been caught in the trap-cage.
-Only this time Dido was not afraid, as his kind
-keeper was with him to pat him on the head and
-give him sweet buns.</p>
-
-<p>Dido was taken into Madison Square Garden,
-and as soon as he got inside he smelled the smell
-of many wild animals. He was not afraid, for
-he was used to that smell. He could tell there
-were other bears in the circus, and he saw them
-in cages, but none of them were let go about as
-was he.</p>
-
-<p>And Dido saw camels, lions, tigers, monkeys,
-ponies, horses, and many other animals.</p>
-
-<p>Dido’s master led him down where the animals
-were kept, and chained him to a post, with
-some water near by for him to drink, and some
-bread and buns to eat.</p>
-
-<p>“I am going away for a little while, Dido,”
-the man said. “But I will soon be back. Then
-we will go up in the circus ring and you will do
-your tricks for the boys and girls. Be a good
-bear while I am away.”</p>
-
-<p>Dido ate a bun, drank some water, and looked
-about him. Over in one corner the dancing bear
-saw a queer animal, who seemed to have two
-tails.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_62" id="Page_62">[62]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>“I beg your pardon, but who are you?” asked
-Dido, in the sort of talk that all animals understand.</p>
-
-<p>“Who am I?” asked the big animal who
-seemed to have two tails. “Why I am Tum
-Tum, the jolly elephant.”</p>
-
-<p>“Tum Tum, eh?” exclaimed Dido. “That is
-a nice name, but you are a funny chap, with two
-tails.”</p>
-
-<p>“Ah, that is where you make a mistake,” said
-Tum Tum, as he chewed a mouthful of hay.
-“I have only one tail. The other is my trunk
-that I lift things with. It is really only a long
-nose, for I breathe through it, but folks call it a
-trunk.”</p>
-
-<p>“Ah, I see,” spoke Dido. “I am sorry I
-thought you had two tails.”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, that’s all right,” went on jolly Tum Tum.
-“Don thought the same thing when he first saw
-me.”</p>
-
-<p>“Don? Who is Don?” asked Dido.</p>
-
-<p>“Don is a runaway dog. That is, he once ran
-away,” explained the elephant, reaching for a
-peanut which a boy held out to him. “But Don
-is home now after his many adventures.”</p>
-
-<p>“What are adventures?” asked Dido.</p>
-
-<p>“Things that happen to you,” answered Tum
-Tum. “I had many adventures, and so did Don.
-A man wrote a book about each of us.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_63" id="Page_63">[63]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>“What is a book?” asked Dido.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, don’t ask me,” said Tum Tum. “All I
-know is that’s what they called it. A book is a
-queer thing. It is square, like a loaf of bread,
-but not so thick—at least the books about Don
-and me were not so thick. And inside the book
-are thin pieces of something they call pages, or
-leaves, though they are not green like the leaves
-of a tree. The leaves in the book are white and
-on them are funny black marks. And when boys
-and girls look at the funny black marks, which
-tell about Don and me, they laugh, those boys
-and girls do, for I have heard them say so when
-they come here to the circus to see me.”</p>
-
-<p>“I wonder if my adventures will ever be put in
-a book?” asked Dido.</p>
-
-<p>“Maybe so,” answered Tum Tum, the jolly
-elephant. “Have you had many things happen
-to you?”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, lots and lots!” cried the dancing bear.
-“I used to live in the woods, and I went in a box
-to get some honey and I found myself in a trap.”</p>
-
-<p>“That was an adventure,” said Tum Tum, “so
-I think you will be put in a book.”</p>
-
-<p>Dido was very glad to meet the jolly elephant,
-and the two talked together for some time. Then
-Tum Tum had to go up in the circus ring to do
-his tricks, and, a little later, Dido’s master came
-for him.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_64" id="Page_64">[64]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>“Come, Dido,” said the man. “You are going
-to show the people what you can do. I want you
-to dance, to turn somersaults, and to march like a
-soldier.</p>
-
-<p>“There are no trees for you to climb, but there
-is a big post in the circus ring, and you can climb
-that, I’m sure. I’ll give you a bun if you do.”</p>
-
-<p>And Dido did climb the pole, and he did his
-other tricks, so that the people in the circus, especially
-the boys and girls, laughed and clapped
-their hands to see <a href="#i_p065">Dido, the dancing bear, and
-Tum Tum, the jolly elephant</a>.</p>
-
-<p>Then one day Dido’s keeper said to him:</p>
-
-<p>“Come, Dido, the circus is going to move
-away from New York, so we will move, too.
-Only we will go out in the country by ourselves,
-and we will travel along so you can do your
-tricks, and I can gather the pennies in my hat.”</p>
-
-<p>The next day Dido and his keeper rode out in
-the country in a railroad train. Dido slept in a
-corner of a baggage car, where the trunks were.
-He liked the train better than the ocean ship, for
-it did not go up and down so much, though it
-moved faster.</p>
-
-<p>“Ah, here we are in the country!” cried Dido’s
-keeper, as he led him out of the car.</p>
-
-<p>“And now, I suppose,” thought Dido, “I will
-have some more adventures, and they may be
-put into a book, as Tum Tum’s were.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_65" id="Page_65">[65]</a></span></p>
-
-<div id="i_p065" class="figcenter" style="width: 393px;">
-<img src="images/i_p065.jpg" width="393" height="600" alt="" title="" />
-<br />
-<div class="caption"><a href="#Page_64">Dido, the dancing bear and Tum Tum, the jolly elephant.</a></div>
-</div>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_66" id="Page_66">[66]</a></span></p>
-
-
-
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<h2><a name="CHAPTER_VII" id="CHAPTER_VII">CHAPTER VII</a><br />
-<small>DIDO MEETS DON</small></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p class="cap">Dido, the dancing bear, looked about him
-as he stepped down out of the railroad
-car. The train had stopped at a small
-country station, and when some men and boys,
-who were waiting on the platform, saw the bear
-they crowded up close to have a better look at
-him.</p>
-
-<p>“Say, he’s a big fellow!” said one boy, not
-coming too close.</p>
-
-<p>“Will he bite?” asked another.</p>
-
-<p>“No, Dido is a good bear. He will not bite,”
-the keeper answered. “He can do many tricks.”</p>
-
-<p>Dido felt proud and happy when he heard
-this, for he was now able to understand much
-that his master said. And Dido was really
-growing to be a big bear. He was not a little
-bear cub any longer, but quite fat. For he had
-good things to eat, and he did not have to travel
-over the mountain to get them.</p>
-
-<p>“Please make your bear do some tricks,” said
-a man to the keeper, whose name, I have forgotten
-to tell you, was George. “Make the bear do
-some funny tricks.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_67" id="Page_67">[67]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>“Will you give me pennies if I do?” George
-asked. “I need the pennies to buy things for
-Dido and me to eat.”</p>
-
-<p>“Go ahead and have the bear do tricks, and
-we’ll give you pennies,” another man said with
-a smile.</p>
-
-<p>So George, the dancing bear’s trainer, led
-Dido back of the railroad station, where there
-was a nice, shady, grassy spot. Dido looked all
-around and he saw that they were indeed in the
-country. There were only a few houses here
-and there, and afar off he could see woods and
-mountains, almost like those in his own land.
-Dido sniffed the air. It was pure and sweet,
-much nicer than the air in New York, or in any
-city, Dido thought.</p>
-
-<p>“I am going to like it in the country, I’m
-sure,” said the bear to himself. “But I wish my
-adventures would begin so they could be put in
-a book. I wonder who will do it?”</p>
-
-<p>Of course Dido had had some adventures,
-though perhaps he did not know it, and he was
-going to have more, and I have put them in this
-book, though I don’t believe Dido knows me.
-I have often seen him, however, and fed him
-buns.</p>
-
-<p>“Come now, Dido, get ready to do some
-tricks!” called George. “You are going to
-dance for the people. Dance nice now!”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_68" id="Page_68">[68]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>Then the man played a tooting tune on his
-brass horn.</p>
-
-<p>“Toodle-de-doodle-de-do!” played the man,
-and when Dido heard that music he knew it was
-the kind to which he danced. So he stood up
-on his hind legs, held his fore paws limply out in
-front of him, and began to lift first one foot and
-then the other, going around and around, just
-like a person waltzing.</p>
-
-<p>“That’s it, Dido! That’s the way to do it!”
-cried his keeper. “Dance for the people!” And
-he played a faster tune on the brass horn, so that
-Dido got quite dizzy from going around so fast.
-But the man did not make him do this very long.</p>
-
-<p>“Good! Good!” cried the people who stood
-in a ring around Dido as he danced. “That was
-fine!”</p>
-
-<p>“Did you like it?” asked George. “I am
-glad, and Dido is glad, too; aren’t you, Dido?”
-and reaching in the bag which he carried over
-his shoulder the man gave Dido a sweet bun.</p>
-
-<p>Dido was glad to get that, whether or not he
-was glad to dance. But I think he liked dancing,
-too, for bears seem to be fond of going about
-doing their little tricks.</p>
-
-<p>“Can your bear do anything else?” asked a
-lady in the crowd.</p>
-
-<p>“Many more things,” answered George. “He
-will now play he is a soldier. Hi, Dido!<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_69" id="Page_69">[69]</a></span>
-March like a soldier! Here is your gun!” and
-he tossed Dido the stick which was carried along,
-just to be used in this trick.</p>
-
-<p>Dido stood up as straight as he could, and held
-the stick in his paw, up over his shoulder.</p>
-
-<p>“Good, Dido!” cried George. “Now what
-do you do when you meet an officer?”</p>
-
-<p>Dido raised his other paw and touched his
-head, making what is called a salute, which soldiers
-always give their officers when they meet.</p>
-
-<p>“Now march, Dido!” cried George, and as he
-played a marching tune on the brass horn Dido
-marched around, carrying the stick for a gun.</p>
-
-<p>The people clapped their hands at that, and
-when the keeper passed around his hat many
-cents and some dimes jingled into it, to buy more
-buns for Dido, and other things for the keeper
-to eat.</p>
-
-<p>“Make him do some more tricks, please,”
-begged a boy in the crowd. “I have another
-penny.”</p>
-
-<p>“Ha! Very good!” cried George. “Dido,
-shall we do some more tricks for the little boy
-who has a penny?” Then George made believe
-whisper that question in Dido’s ear, and next the
-man pretended to put his ear down to Dido’s
-mouth as if to listen for an answer.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, Dido says he will do another trick for
-you,” said the man, laughing.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_70" id="Page_70">[70]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>Of course Dido did not really speak to his
-trainer, for though a bear, a dog or other animals
-can understand much that is said to them
-they can not answer back. But the man just pretended
-Dido did answer so as to make a little fun,
-and the people laughed.</p>
-
-<p>“Now, Dido, do your somersault trick,” said
-George. “All ready!”</p>
-
-<p>He blew a sharp blast on the horn, and Dido
-leaned down, put his head on the ground, kicked
-his hind legs up in the air, and over he went,
-turning a somersault just as some fat little boy
-might do it on the soft, green grass.</p>
-
-<p>“Another, Dido! Turn another somersault!”
-cried George, and over went Dido again, while
-the people laughed. Then Dido stood up
-straight once more, and saluted like a soldier.</p>
-
-<p>“Did you like that trick, little boy?” asked
-George.</p>
-
-<p>“Very much,” the little boy answered. “And
-here is my penny,” and he tossed it into the man’s
-hat.</p>
-
-<p>“Now for a last trick, and then we will travel
-on farther into the country,” said Dido’s master.
-“Do the tree-climbing trick, Dido. Only instead
-of a tree you will climb a telegraph pole.”</p>
-
-<p>There was a pole near the railroad depot, and
-soon Dido was going up this, sticking his sharp
-claws in the wood. Up and up he went, nearly<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_71" id="Page_71">[71]</a></span>
-to the top, as far as his chain would let him, the
-man holding the end of it.</p>
-
-<p>“That’s far enough—come on down, Dido!”
-called the man, and Dido came down. He was
-given another bun to eat, and after this he drank
-some water from a fountain near the depot.</p>
-
-<p>Dido and George traveled on into the green
-country. A few boys followed them a little way,
-for some of them had never seen a bear before.
-But soon the boys grew tired, and Dido and his
-master were left to themselves.</p>
-
-<p>“We will go to a quiet place in the woods and
-sleep,” said George, and Dido was glad of this,
-for he wanted to cool off and get quiet after his
-ride in the train and doing his tricks.</p>
-
-<p>In the afternoon, when they had had a good
-sleep, the dancing bear and his keeper traveled
-on again. Soon they came to another town, and
-there Dido did his tricks over once more, and
-the man gathered money in his hat. And here
-Dido’s master met a man from his own country,
-far over the sea. The two men were glad to see
-one another, and talked much in their own language.</p>
-
-<p>“Will you not come along with Dido and me?”
-asked George of this man, whose name was Tom.
-“We can travel together, and you can blow the
-horn while I make Dido do tricks. Come,
-travel about the country with us.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_72" id="Page_72">[72]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>“Yes, I will do that,” Tom said, and so all
-three started off together. Dido liked Tom very
-much, for Tom gave the dancing bear some
-sweet popcorn balls, of which Dido was very
-fond.</p>
-
-<p>For a week or more Dido traveled about with
-George and Tom, doing tricks, sometimes in little
-country towns, and again in cities. And one
-day, when they were out in the country, Dido
-had a little adventure.</p>
-
-<p>They were marching along the road, when
-Dido saw, coming toward them an automobile,
-with a man on the front seat steering, while in
-back were a boy and a girl, and two dogs.</p>
-
-<p>All at once there was a loud banging noise,
-like a gun. But it was not a gun. One of the
-automobile tires had burst. Then the man
-jumped out to fix a new tire on the wheels, and
-the boy and girl, with the two dogs, got out to
-rest in the shade.</p>
-
-<p>Tom blew a little music on the horn, and this
-made the boy and girl look down the road.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, look!” cried the girl, whose name was
-Alice. “What is that? A bear! I’m afraid!”</p>
-
-<p>“Don’t be afraid,” said the boy, whose name
-was Bob. “It is only a tame, trained bear.”</p>
-
-<p>The two dogs barked at the bear, and then
-Dido, who, with the two men, had come closer to
-the automobile, said:</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_73" id="Page_73">[73]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>“Don’t be afraid of me, doggies. I won’t hurt
-any one. I am only going to do some tricks.”</p>
-
-<p>“Can your bear do tricks?” asked the boy of
-George.</p>
-
-<p>“He surely can,” answered Dido’s keeper, and
-Dido turned somersaults, marched around like a
-soldier, and climbed a telegraph pole.</p>
-
-<p>“It certainly is a good trick,” said one dog.
-“I can do some myself, but I can’t climb telegraph
-poles. What is your name, dancing
-bear?” he asked.</p>
-
-<p>“My name is Dido. What’s yours?”</p>
-
-<p>“My name is Don,” said the dog, “and this is
-my friend Rex,” and he waved his tail at the
-other dog.</p>
-
-<p>“What! Is your name Don?” cried Dido in
-surprise. “Why I have heard about you!”</p>
-
-<p>“Who from?” asked Don.</p>
-
-<p>“From Tum Tum.”</p>
-
-<p>“What! That jolly elephant in the circus?”
-asked Don, himself quite excited now.</p>
-
-<p>“That’s the one,” answered Dido. “I was in
-the circus a little while when it showed in Madison
-Square Garden, in New York, and there I
-met Tum Tum. He spoke about you, and said
-you had had many adventures.”</p>
-
-<p>“So I have,” Don said. “I am a runaway dog,
-that is, I once was, and there is a book telling all
-about me,” he added, proudly.</p>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_74" id="Page_74">[74]</a></span></p>
-
-
-
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<h2><a name="CHAPTER_VIII" id="CHAPTER_VIII">CHAPTER VIII</a><br />
-<small>DIDO HELPS A GIRL</small></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p class="cap">“See how friendly our dogs are with the
-dancing bear,” said Alice, the girl, to
-Bob, the boy.</p>
-
-<p>“Our bear is very good and tame, and he likes
-good dogs,” spoke George.</p>
-
-<p>“Where did you get him?” asked the boy, for
-the automobile tire was not yet fixed, and they
-still had to wait beside the country road.</p>
-
-<p>“I caught Dido on top of a mountain, in the
-woods, in a far country,” said the man. “I put
-some honey in a box and when he went in to get
-it the door fell shut and he could not get out.
-Then I trained him, and brought him to this
-country. He was a little fellow then, and he
-used to growl at me, but now he likes me, I think,
-for I try to be kind to him.”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, I do like you,” said Dido to himself.
-“He is good to me,” he added, speaking to the
-two dogs.</p>
-
-<p>For though Dido, Don and Rex could understand
-most of the talk that went on, they themselves
-could not speak to the men, or to the boy<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_75" id="Page_75">[75]</a></span>
-or girl. Then the man told the boy and girl how
-Dido had learned to dance, just as I have told
-you in the first part of this book.</p>
-
-<p>“Did it all happen that way?” asked Don, of
-Dido, for the dogs and bear were resting in the
-shade now.</p>
-
-<p>“That’s just the way it happened,” Dido said.
-“I lived in the woods with my father and mother,
-and my brothers Gruffo and Muffo. But I like
-it here now better than in the woods.”</p>
-
-<p>“And how is Tum Tum, the jolly elephant?”
-asked Don.</p>
-
-<p>“Very well,” answered Dido, “and as fond of
-peanuts as ever.”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, he always did like them,” barked Don,
-“but, as for me, I never could see much in them.
-The shells get in my teeth.”</p>
-
-<p>“Tum Tum eats them, shells and all,” Dido
-said.</p>
-
-<p>“Well, remember me to him when next you
-see him,” went on the dog who had once run
-away. “Tell him I would like to see him
-again.”</p>
-
-<p>“I shall,” Dido promised, “though I don’t
-know when I may meet him again. He is in the
-circus, you know, and I am traveling about the
-country. Still I may see him.”</p>
-
-<p>By this time the automobile tire was mended
-and the man called to the boy and girl to get in.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_76" id="Page_76">[76]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>“That means we shall have to go also,” said
-Don. “Well, good-by, Dido. I am glad to
-have met you.”</p>
-
-<p>“And so am I,” said Rex, the other dog. Then
-they rubbed noses together, which is a sort of
-way animals have of shaking hands, I suppose;
-and then they parted.</p>
-
-<p>“Don’t forget to tell Tum Tum what I told
-you!” barked Don, with a wag of his tail, as he
-jumped up with the boy and girl.</p>
-
-<p>“I’ll not,” promised Dido, waving his paw at
-the two dogs.</p>
-
-<p>Then the automobile puffed away and Tom
-and George led Dido down the country road,
-now and then stopping in front of a house to
-blow a tune on the brass horn, so Dido could do
-his tricks.</p>
-
-<p>That night it rained, so the two men with the
-dancing bear could not sleep out in the woods.
-They looked around until they found a barn, and
-they asked the farmer if they might sleep in
-that.</p>
-
-<p>“If you will kindly let us,” said George, “we
-will make our bear do tricks for you, and you
-will not need to give us any money in the hat.”</p>
-
-<p>“Very well,” the farmer said; “you and Dido
-may sleep on the hay in my barn. And I will
-give you something to eat, though I do not know
-what bears like.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_77" id="Page_77">[77]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>“He likes buns especially,” said George, “and
-I have none for him in my bag. He ate the last
-one this noon, and since then we have not come
-to a bakery where I could buy more.”</p>
-
-<p>“Likes buns, does he?” asked the farmer’s
-wife. “Well, I have some, but they have raisins
-in. Do you think Dido would not like them on
-that account?”</p>
-
-<p>“Raisins in the buns!” cried George, making
-a low bow. “Why he will like them all the better
-on that account. The buns I give him only
-have little currants in. He will like raisins very
-much better indeed.”</p>
-
-<p>And Dido did. He thought he had never
-tasted such good buns as those the farmer’s wife
-gave him. And Dido did all his tricks in the
-barn that night, safe and dry from the rain. The
-farmer and his wife, the hired man and some
-boys and girls, came from nearby houses to watch
-Dido do his tricks, and no one had to give a cent
-because the farmer had been kind to the men,
-and the farmer’s nice wife had been very good
-to Dido.</p>
-
-<p>The next morning the sun shone, for the rain
-had stopped, and after Dido had taken a bath,
-in the big trough where the farm horses drank,
-he and his two masters started off down the country
-road again, having had a good breakfast.</p>
-
-<p>The farmer’s wife gave George more raisin-buns<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_78" id="Page_78">[78]</a></span>
-to put in his bag for Dido, and the dancing
-bear was very glad when he saw them.</p>
-
-<p>“I shall not be hungry to-day,” said Dido to
-himself.</p>
-
-<p>That day they passed through two or three
-small towns, and Dido did his tricks several
-times, so that the hat of George had quite some
-money in it. And that night the men and their
-trained bear slept in the woods, with moss for a
-bed and the blankets they carried with them for
-covers. Dido’s fur was <em>his</em> blanket.</p>
-
-<p>Dido awakened early the next morning, before
-either of the men. He looked at them
-sleeping near him, and then he rolled over on
-the bed of moss, stretched his strong legs,
-scratched with his claws on the soft ground and
-opened his mouth to stretch that in a big yawn.</p>
-
-<p>Then Dido stood up, and he saw that during
-the night the chain, which George always used
-to fasten him to a tree, had come loose.</p>
-
-<p>“Why, I could run away if I wanted to,”
-thought Dido. “I could slip off in the woods
-and run away, as Don, the dog, did. Only I
-won’t. George would feel badly, and, besides,
-I might not be able to get anything to eat. These
-woods may not be like the woods on the mountain
-where I used to live. I guess I will not
-run away. I will just walk down to that little
-brook and get a drink.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_79" id="Page_79">[79]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>Not far from where the men and bear had
-slept that night was a nice brook, bubbling over
-green, mossy stones. Dido went down to the
-bank of it, and, as he was getting a drink, he saw
-some fish swimming about.</p>
-
-<p>“Ha! Fish!” said Dido to himself. “That’s
-good. Here is my breakfast all ready and waiting
-for me—if I can catch one.”</p>
-
-<p>The dancing bear leaned over the water as his
-father and mother had taught him to do. He
-had not forgotten. Dido waited. Pretty soon
-he saw, swimming along, a big, shiny fish.</p>
-
-<p>“Ah, ha!” thought Dido. “I guess I can get
-you!”</p>
-
-<p>Down he scooped with his paw, getting his
-claws under the fish, and out of the water he
-lifted him.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, look!” cried Tom, awakening just in time
-to see Dido toss the fish out on the bank. “What
-is our bear doing?”</p>
-
-<p>“He is getting his breakfast,” answered
-George. “Wild bears often catch fish that way.
-But this is the first time I ever saw Dido do it.
-I wish he would catch some for us.”</p>
-
-<p>And Dido did, though he did not know he was
-catching fish for his masters. He thought they
-would all be for him. But Dido pulled out of
-the brook more fish than he really needed, and
-Tom and George built a fire and cooked some<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_80" id="Page_80">[80]</a></span>
-for themselves. Dido did not bother about a
-fire. He was afraid of a blaze, as all animals
-are.</p>
-
-<p>After their breakfast in the woods, Dido and
-his masters marched on again. Whenever they
-came to a village Tom would blow on the brass
-horn, and Dido would dance around, turn somersaults,
-march like a soldier and climb a tree
-or telegraph pole. The people liked to see this
-last more than anything else, and Dido liked to
-climb, for he was used to that. He really liked
-it better than turning somersaults, for much dust
-got in his thick fur when he got down and rolled
-over on the ground.</p>
-
-<p>Dido was a clean bear, and whenever he became
-dusty and dirty he wanted a bath. And
-whenever they came to a lake or stream of water
-Dido was allowed to go in, and splash about as
-much as he pleased.</p>
-
-<p>One hot afternoon Dido was asleep in the
-woods with the two men. They had performed
-the tricks in one village, and were going on to
-another, taking a rest in between.</p>
-
-<p>Once again Dido awakened to find his two
-masters asleep, but this time the chain was still
-fast to a tree, so Dido could not wander very
-far. He got up and walked about, and, as he
-did so he heard, off through the woods, the barking
-of a dog, and then a scream.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_81" id="Page_81">[81]</a></span></p>
-
-<div id="i_p081" class="figcenter" style="width: 380px;">
-<img src="images/i_p081.jpg" width="380" height="600" alt="" title="" />
-<br />
-<div class="caption"><a href="#Page_82">Just as the dog was going to jump Dido stepped in between
-them.</a></div>
-</div>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_82" id="Page_82">[82]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>All at once Dido saw a girl running along the
-path in the woods, and behind the girl came a
-big black dog, barking angrily, and trying to
-catch the girl.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, stop him! Somebody please stop him!”
-screamed the girl. “He is a bad dog and wants
-to bite me!”</p>
-
-<p>Of course Dido did not know all the girl said,
-but he could see that the dog was angry and had
-sharp teeth. He might bite the girl, though
-why any dog should want to bite such a nice girl
-Dido could not tell.</p>
-
-<p>“Don’t let him get me!” begged the girl, and
-she ran toward Dido and the two men, who were
-now awake.</p>
-
-<p>“Here!” cried Dido to the bad dog in animal
-language. “You let that girl alone!”</p>
-
-<p>“No, I’ll not!” barked the dog. “I am going
-to bite her!”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, no, you’re not!” said Dido, and he
-growled now, for he did not like this kind of a
-dog. Then, <a href="#i_p081">just as the dog was going to jump</a>
-at the girl, <a href="#i_p081">Dido stepped in between them</a>, and,
-with one sweep of his big paw, the dancing bear
-knocked the dog to one side, so that he rolled
-over and over in the leaves.</p>
-
-<p>“There! Now I guess you’ll let little girls
-alone!” said Dido, standing ready to knock the
-dog away again if he sprang at the girl.</p>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_83" id="Page_83">[83]</a></span></p>
-
-
-
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<h2><a name="CHAPTER_IX" id="CHAPTER_IX">CHAPTER IX</a><br />
-<small>DIDO IN THE BAKERY</small></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p class="cap">“Don’t be afraid, little girl, we won’t
-let the bad dog hurt you,” said the
-man named George. “Whose dog is
-he?”</p>
-
-<p>“He—he belongs to a tin peddler,” said the
-little girl. “I was walking along the road just
-now and a boy, behind me, threw a stone at the
-dog. I guess the dog must have thought I threw
-it, for he chased after me, and I ran, for I was
-afraid he would bite me.”</p>
-
-<p>“I guess he would have, if he had caught you,”
-remarked Tom. “But Dido knocked him out of
-the way.”</p>
-
-<p>“Is Dido the name of your bear?” asked the
-girl.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes,” answered George. “Dido is our bear.”</p>
-
-<p>“It’s a pretty name,” said the little girl.</p>
-
-<p>Dido, who was watching to see if the dog
-would get up and run at the little girl again,
-wondered what her name was.</p>
-
-<p>“So she likes my name,” said Dido to himself.
-“I wonder if she likes me?”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_84" id="Page_84">[84]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>The bad dog got up from the pile of leaves
-where Dido had knocked him. He growled,
-deep down in his throat, and Dido called:</p>
-
-<p>“Be careful! Don’t try any of your bad
-tricks around here. Are you going to bite this
-little girl?”</p>
-
-<p>“No, I am not,” said the dog. “I guess I made
-a mistake. I thought she threw a stone at me,
-but perhaps she did not.”</p>
-
-<p>“She doesn’t look like a girl who would throw
-stones at a dog or a bear,” Dido said. “You had
-better let her alone and go back where you belong.”</p>
-
-<p>“I will,” said the dog, limping as he went
-away. “I am sorry I chased after her.”</p>
-
-<p>“And I am sorry I had to hit you so hard with
-my paw,” spoke the dancing bear. “But it was
-the only way to stop you from jumping on the
-little girl.”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, I suppose so. You made me a little
-lame, but I guess that could not be helped. It
-was my own fault, but I surely thought she threw
-a stone at me. Good-by, Mr. Bear.”</p>
-
-<p>“Good-by, Mr. Dog,” answered Dido. “Next
-time we meet we shall be friends.”</p>
-
-<p>“I hope so,” spoke the dog, limping away.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, I am so glad he is gone!” the little girl
-said. “I was afraid of him.”</p>
-
-<p>“Where do you live?” asked Tom, for of<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_85" id="Page_85">[85]</a></span>
-course the little girl could not talk to the bear.</p>
-
-<p>“Just down the road, but I have to go past that
-dog to get to my house,” she answered. “I am
-afraid.”</p>
-
-<p>“Never mind. We’ll walk with you,” said
-George, “and then the dog won’t come near
-you.”</p>
-
-<p>Of course neither the men nor the little girl
-knew that the peddler’s dog had promised to be
-good. They had seen Dido and the dog close
-together, but they did not know of what they
-were talking.</p>
-
-<p>“You are not afraid of our bear, are you?”
-asked Tom, as he picked up the brass horn from
-where it had fallen in the moss as he slept.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, no, I’m not a bit afraid of him,” answered
-the little girl, looking at Dido. “He
-seems a nice, gentle bear.”</p>
-
-<p>“He is,” said George. “Would you like to
-see him do some tricks?”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, very much!” cried the little girl, clapping
-her hands. “Will he do some tricks for
-me?”</p>
-
-<p>“I guess so,” answered George with a laugh.
-“Do some tricks for the little girl you saved from
-the dog, Dido. Play a tune, Tom!”</p>
-
-<p>So Tom played a tune on the brass horn, and
-Dido danced there in the woods, with only the
-little girl for an audience. But Dido did his<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_86" id="Page_86">[86]</a></span>
-best, even though there was only one person to
-look on, besides Tom and George.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, what a funny trick!” laughed the little
-girl, whose name was Rose, as she saw Dido turn
-a somersault. Dido did not mind turning head
-over heels in the woods, for he could do it on the
-soft green moss, and his fur did not get full of
-dust.</p>
-
-<p>“Now we will walk down the road to your
-home,” said George to the little girl. “Then
-you will not be afraid of the dog.”</p>
-
-<p>But when they went out in the country road
-the peddler’s wagon was gone, and the dog was
-not in sight.</p>
-
-<p>“There’s my house,” said the little girl, pointing
-to a white one down the highway.</p>
-
-<p>Just then a woman came to the door of the
-house, and, looking down the road, she saw her
-little girl walking with two men and a bear.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, my goodness, Rose! What are you
-doing?” cried the woman, who was the mother
-of Rose. “Where have you been? And what
-is that terrible bear doing?”</p>
-
-<p>“He isn’t a terrible bear at all, Mamma,” answered
-Rose, laughing. “He is a good trick
-bear, and he saved me from the bad dog.” And
-she told about what had happened.</p>
-
-<p>“Well, if it’s a tame, trick bear, why I suppose
-that is different,” said the woman. “I’m much<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_87" id="Page_87">[87]</a></span>
-obliged to you,” she added to the men, “for having
-your bear save my little girl from the peddler’s
-dog.”</p>
-
-<p>“Dido did it all himself,” said George. “We
-were asleep when your Rose came running along
-with the dog after her. Dido knocked him out
-of the way.”</p>
-
-<p>“He must be a good bear,” said Rose’s mother.</p>
-
-<p>“He is!” cried the little girl. “You ought to
-see him do tricks, Mamma! Will you let your
-bear do some tricks for my mother?” she asked.</p>
-
-<p>“Surely,” answered George. “Come on now,
-Dido!”</p>
-
-<p>So Dido did most of his tricks again, and
-when they were finished the woman brought out
-some sugar cookies and other things, giving some
-to the men and some to Dido.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, how good they are!” thought the dancing
-bear, chewing a cookie. “They are as good as
-the buns with raisins in which the other lady
-gave me.”</p>
-
-<p>“Come, now, we must travel on,” called
-George to Dido, after a bit. “It is very nice
-here, but we must go to a place where we can
-get money in the hat when you do your tricks.”</p>
-
-<p>So off started the two men with the dancing
-bear once more. For several days they traveled,
-first stopping in one country village and then in
-another, Dido doing his tricks very nicely.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_88" id="Page_88">[88]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>Then for two days it rained, and as no one
-wanted to stand out in the rain to see even a
-dancing bear there was nothing to do save to
-stay in barns, or under sheds, until the weather
-cleared.</p>
-
-<p>For George and Tom did not stop at hotels
-very often as they traveled about with Dido. In
-the first place it cost too much money, and as
-the weather was warm, and as George and Tom
-were sort of Gypsies they liked to sleep out of
-doors nights, except when it rained. Then they
-would find a haystack, or a barn, and get shelter.</p>
-
-<p>Another reason they did not stop at hotels was
-because people who kept them did not like bears
-in their places. Dido would have had to stay
-out in the stable, and some horses are afraid of
-bears.</p>
-
-<p>So it was not so nice for the men when it
-rained, though Dido did not mind. His fur was
-so thick that it took a lot of rain to wet him
-through, and he was fond of water anyhow.</p>
-
-<p>But when it rained, and there was no one to
-watch Dido do his tricks, of course no money
-came into the hat, and when there were no pennies
-there was not so much to eat. So you see,
-after all, rain is not any too good for a dancing
-bear.</p>
-
-<p>But after a while the clouds rolled away, the
-sun came out and Dido and his masters were<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_89" id="Page_89">[89]</a></span>
-glad. Once more they started off down the
-country roads, Tom tooting on the horn and
-George putting Dido through his tricks.</p>
-
-<p>One day after Dido had done his dance in the
-streets of a small city his two masters saw another
-man, like themselves. This man had a
-hand-organ and a monkey, and he went about
-making music while the monkey collected pennies
-in his red hat. Tom and George stopped
-for a minute to talk to the hand-organ man,
-whom they had known years before.</p>
-
-<p>“What is your name?” asked Dido of the
-monkey, when they found their masters paying
-no attention to them.</p>
-
-<p>“Jacko,” answered the monkey. “What’s
-yours?”</p>
-
-<p>“Dido; and I can dance. Can you?”</p>
-
-<p>“No, but I can gather pennies in my hat. Can
-you do that?”</p>
-
-<p>Dido said he could not. He did not have a
-hat, anyhow. The bear and monkey talked together,
-just as their masters were doing, but in a
-different way of course. Then Jacko said:</p>
-
-<p>“I have a cousin, a monkey named Mappo.
-Did you ever see him?”</p>
-
-<p>“No,” replied Dido, “but I have met Don,
-the runaway dog, and Tum Tum, the jolly elephant.”</p>
-
-<p>“Why, Mappo, my cousin, knows them!” cried<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_90" id="Page_90">[90]</a></span>
-Jacko. “I have often heard him speak of them.
-Mappo is such a merry monkey. He had many
-adventures, and they have all been put in a
-book.”</p>
-
-<p>“My! It seems every one is getting in books,”
-said Dido. “I hope to have one written about
-me. But say! I’m hungry, aren’t you?”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, I am,” answered Jacko.</p>
-
-<p>“My master always feeds me buns after I finish
-my tricks,” went on the dancing bear, “but I
-guess he is so busy talking now that he has forgotten
-it.”</p>
-
-<p>“I wish we could get something to eat,” spoke
-Jacko. “Oh, look, Dido, there’s a bakery store
-over there, and I see buns and cake in the window,
-besides cookies.”</p>
-
-<p>“So there are!” said Dido.</p>
-
-<p>“Let’s go over and see if they will give us
-any,” went on the monkey who was a cousin to
-Mappo. “My chain is loose, and I can easily
-run over there.”</p>
-
-<p>“My chain is loose, too,” said Dido. “Come
-on, we’ll go over to the bakery and perhaps we
-can find some buns.”</p>
-
-<p>Across the street went Dido and Jacko. Their
-masters were so busy talking about their travels
-that they did not notice the two animals. And,
-as it happened, the boy who had been left in
-charge of the bakery had gone out to watch the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_91" id="Page_91">[91]</a></span>
-dancing bear, and he was now standing looking
-at the hand-organ, and wishing he had one like
-it. So he did not see Dido and the monkey go
-in the bakery.</p>
-
-<p>The dancing bear and the monkey went in the
-bakery. No one else was there. In the window
-was a pile of cakes and buns.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, I am so hungry!” said Dido.</p>
-
-<p>“So am I!” cried Jacko.</p>
-
-<p>“I’ll tell you what let’s do,” said Dido. “Let’s
-take some buns, and when our masters get
-through talking they will come in and pay for
-them.”</p>
-
-<p>“All right,” said Jacko, and he reached over
-in the bakery window and took a paw full of
-buns. Dido did the same thing, and then the
-bear and the monkey began to eat.</p>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_92" id="Page_92">[92]</a></span></p>
-
-
-
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<h2><a name="CHAPTER_X" id="CHAPTER_X">CHAPTER X</a><br />
-<small>DIDO SCARES A MAN</small></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p class="cap">“Aren’t these buns fine?” asked Dido,
-as he reached for another, which
-had a big raisin on the top, something
-like the kind the farmer’s wife made.</p>
-
-<p>“They are very good,” said Jacko, the hand-organ
-monkey. “I don’t know when I have had
-better buns. I’m glad we came in here.”</p>
-
-<p>“So am I,” replied Dido. “Have you tried
-one of these sugar cookies?”</p>
-
-<p>“No,” answered Jacko, “I haven’t. I’ve been
-so busy eating buns—”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, do try a cookie,” and the dancing bear,
-with his big paw, like a hand, held something
-out to the monkey.</p>
-
-<p>“Aren’t they good?” asked Dido, after Jacko
-had taken a taste of the cookie.</p>
-
-<p>“Indeed, yes. I’ll have another.”</p>
-
-<p>So the bear and the monkey ate cookies and
-buns, and then Jacko found a little cake, with
-sugar on the top.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, Dido!” he chattered. “These cakes are
-the best yet. Try one.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_93" id="Page_93">[93]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>So Dido did, and he liked it very much.</p>
-
-<p>By this time the crowd of persons who had
-gathered about to watch the dancing bear and
-the monkey saw the two animals over in the
-bakery. But the three men—that is, the two
-who owned the dancing bear, and the one who
-had the hand-organ—were still so busy talking
-that they did not notice what was going on.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, look! The bear and monkey are eating
-everything in the bakery!” cried a little girl.
-The boy who had been left in charge of the shop
-heard this and back across the street he rushed.
-He did not wish for a hand-organ any more.</p>
-
-<p>The people stood in a crowd outside the
-bakery. The boy who should have been in the
-shop, but who had run out, cried:</p>
-
-<p>“Let me get in there! Let me in! I must
-drive out that bear and monkey, or the baker
-will say it is my fault for letting them in!”</p>
-
-<p>“You’d better not go in,” said a man. “The
-monkey would not hurt you, but the bear might.
-Call the bear’s keepers.”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, that’s the best thing to do,” said a
-woman.</p>
-
-<p>But before the boy could do this <a href="#i_p095">Jacko and
-Dido were eating more cakes from the windows</a>.
-Then they found some pies, and they liked those
-so much they ate three, Dido taking two because
-he was largest, and needed more.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_94" id="Page_94">[94]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>“What are all the people watching us for?”
-asked Jacko, as he looked to see what next he
-would take.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, I guess they think we are doing tricks,”
-said Dido. “But we are only eating because we
-are hungry.”</p>
-
-<p>“And when our masters get through talking
-they will pay for what we have had,” said Jacko.</p>
-
-<p>Just then the baker, who had been down in the
-cellar of his shop, making bread and cake, came
-up into the store, thinking, of course, that the
-boy he had left in charge, to wait on customers,
-would be there. Instead of that the baker saw
-the bear and monkey eating things from his show
-window.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, my! Oh, my! Oh, my!” cried the
-baker, three times, just like that, he was so surprised.
-“Oh! Oh! Oh!”</p>
-
-<p>Then he ran back down in the cellar and
-locked the door after him. But he need not
-have been afraid, for neither Dido nor Jacko
-would have harmed him in the least.</p>
-
-<p>By this time George, Tom and the hand-organ
-man saw what was happening. They looked
-across the street and saw the crowd in front of
-the bakery, and also saw Dido and Jacko still
-eating cake.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, my!” cried George. “We shall have to
-pay a lot of money for what our bear has eaten.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_95" id="Page_95">[95]</a></span></p>
-
-<div id="i_p095" class="figcenter" style="width: 388px;">
-<img src="images/i_p095.jpg" width="388" height="600" alt="" title="" />
-<br />
-<div class="caption"><a href="#Page_93">Jacko and Dido were eating cakes from the window.</a></div>
-</div>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_96" id="Page_96">[96]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>“And I will have to pay for what my monkey
-took,” said the hand-organ man.</p>
-
-<p>“But they knew no better,” said George,
-kindly. “They were hungry, I guess. But now
-they must have had enough.”</p>
-
-<p>And Dido and Jacko did have enough. Never
-before had they had such a fine feast. I forget
-just how much money the bear men and the
-hand-organ man had to pay, but it was quite a
-sum, for the monkey and bear had eaten many
-buns, pies, cookies and cakes. A bear is very
-big, and when he is hungry he can eat much.</p>
-
-<p>“You will have to do a lot of dancing and
-tricks to make up for all the bakery things you
-took,” said George to Dido. But the bear did
-not mind that, for he had had so many good
-things to eat.</p>
-
-<p>For two or three days more Dido traveled on
-with his masters, going from place to place, in
-towns and little villages where the bear did his
-tricks.</p>
-
-<p>And the people, especially the boys and girls,
-liked them so much that they tossed many cents
-and dimes into the hat of George, so that he had
-enough to buy things for himself, for Tom and
-for Dido, and the bear did not have to go in any
-more bake shops all by himself.</p>
-
-<p>Sometimes when Dido was doing his tricks,
-dogs would gather outside the crowd of people<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_97" id="Page_97">[97]</a></span>
-watching, and would bark. For the dogs were
-a bit afraid of the bear, and did not like him.
-That is why they barked.</p>
-
-<p>Once a dog who did not know that Dido was
-tame, and was kind and good, tried to bite the
-dancing bear.</p>
-
-<p>Dido was now so large and strong that he
-might easily have hurt the dog badly by one
-blow of his big paw. But instead of doing that
-Dido just gently pushed the dog out of the way,
-and over into a watering trough, where horses
-drank.</p>
-
-<p>When the people saw this they laughed, and
-then that dog did not feel much like biting Dido.
-The dog was ashamed of himself, and away he
-ran, with his tail tucked between his legs.</p>
-
-<p>“Good bear!” said George. “That’s the way
-to treat barking dogs.”</p>
-
-<p>Another time in a small town, where Dido was
-doing his tricks in the park, a team of horses were
-driven past. They smelled the wild smell of the
-bear, which was more plain to them than to the
-people, and started to run away.</p>
-
-<p>A lady and little girl were in the carriage and
-they might have been hurt had the horses gone
-far. But Tom, who was getting ready to blow
-a marching tune on the brass horn, for Dido to
-do his trick, dropped the horn and sprang for the
-horses.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_98" id="Page_98">[98]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>He caught them by the bridles and held them
-so they could not run, and the lady and little girl
-were not hurt.</p>
-
-<p>“You are a good man to stop the runaway
-horses,” said a man in the crowd.</p>
-
-<p>“Well, it was the fault of our bear that the
-team started to run,” said Tom, “so I knew it
-was my place to stop them.”</p>
-
-<p>And when the horses saw that Dido was not
-going to chase after them, or do them any harm,
-they were not frightened any more, but stood
-still, so the lady and little girl in the carriage
-could watch the tricks which Dido did.</p>
-
-<p>That night Dido and his masters slept under
-a warm stack of hay in a field, and a farmer gave
-them some good things to eat, because he liked
-animals. Dido did some tricks that evening in
-front of the farmhouse, before a crowd of boys
-and girls.</p>
-
-<p>Early the next morning Dido awoke in his
-warm nest in the hay. He was not tied to any
-tree now, for there was none in the field, and he
-could wander about as he pleased. But by this
-time Dido was so tame that his masters knew he
-would not run away.</p>
-
-<p>“I think I will take a walk before breakfast,”
-said Dido to himself, “and see if I cannot find a
-brook with fish in. I should like a fish very
-much.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_99" id="Page_99">[99]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>Then Dido saw a telegraph pole beside the
-road near the field.</p>
-
-<p>“I think I will climb that pole, and see how
-sharp my claws are,” said Dido to himself. “I
-must keep in practice and I have not climbed
-any poles in two or three days.”</p>
-
-<p>So, having eaten all the red berries he wanted,
-Dido started to climb up the telegraph pole.
-He had not gone very far up it before he heard
-some one shouting at him. Looking up Dido
-saw a man on top of the pole.</p>
-
-<p>“Hello!” said Dido to himself; “I did not
-know men could climb poles like a bear. I wonder
-who you are and how you did it?”</p>
-
-<p>The man worked for a telephone company,
-and on his boots he had sharp, iron spurs, like
-a bear’s claws, and by sticking these spurs in the
-wood of the pole the man could climb up.</p>
-
-<p>But the man, who was out early fixing broken
-wires on the pole, looking down and seeing a
-bear coming up after him, was much frightened.</p>
-
-<p>“I say!” he cried. “Go on back! Don’t come
-up here after me! Go on down! Get away!”</p>
-
-<p>The man shouted loudly, but Dido did not understand
-why he, himself, should stop climbing
-a pole on that account, so on he kept going up
-higher and higher.</p>
-
-<p>“Go back! Go back!” yelled the man. But
-Dido would not.</p>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_100" id="Page_100">[100]</a></span></p>
-
-
-
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XI" id="CHAPTER_XI">CHAPTER XI</a><br />
-<small>DIDO IN THE CIRCUS</small></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p class="cap">“What in the world is the matter with
-that man?” thought Dido, as the
-dancing bear kept on climbing up
-the pole. “He acts so funny, just as if he did
-not want me to come near him. My master does
-not act so. For, though I know I used to be
-cross and growl at my master, and though I was
-afraid of all men, I am not that way any more.
-I like men. He looks like a nice man, up on
-the pole, and I want to see him. I never before
-saw a man who could climb a telegraph pole as
-well as I can.”</p>
-
-<p>So Dido kept on climbing up, and the man
-continued to yell and shout. He went as far
-up the pole as he could get, and sat down on a
-stick of wood that stuck out crossways. There
-were wires made fast to glass knobs on the ends
-of these pieces of wood.</p>
-
-<p>“He certainly is a queer man,” thought Dido.
-“He acts just as if he didn’t like me. Well, I’ll
-soon show him that I won’t hurt him. I wonder
-if he has a bun in his pocket?”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_101" id="Page_101">[101]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>Then, all of a sudden, Dido saw the man throw
-something down.</p>
-
-<p>“Ah! Perhaps that is a bun,” thought Dido.</p>
-
-<p>But Dido felt the thing the man had thrown
-down hit him hard on his nose, and it hurt so
-that the dancing bear gave a growl and a howl.
-It was a hard screwdriver that had hit Dido on
-the nose. The telephone lineman had thrown
-his screwdriver at the bear.</p>
-
-<p>“Ouch!” said Dido to himself. “That was not
-nice! I wonder if he did that on purpose?”</p>
-
-<p>Dido stopped climbing for a moment, and
-looked up at the man. Then the dancing bear
-rubbed his nose with his paw. A bear’s nose is
-very soft and tender, and when he is hit there it
-hurts him very much.</p>
-
-<p>Then, as Dido was rubbing his sore nose, all
-of a sudden, Bang! something else was thrown
-by the man. It was a pair of pliers, for cutting
-wire, and they hit Dido on the paw he was holding
-up.</p>
-
-<p>“Ha!” thought the dancing bear. “It is a
-good thing I had my paw over my nose, or I
-would be hurt worse than ever. I wonder why
-that man is throwing things at me, and shouting
-so?”</p>
-
-<p>Just then Tom and George, the keepers of the
-bear, came running out of the field where they
-had been asleep under the haystack. They had<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_102" id="Page_102">[102]</a></span>
-awakened, missed Dido, and had come to search
-for him.</p>
-
-<p>“Why, look at our bear!” cried George. “He
-is up the pole.”</p>
-
-<p>“So he is!” exclaimed Tom, in surprise.</p>
-
-<p>Then the telephone lineman on the pole saw
-the other two men.</p>
-
-<p>“Hi, there!” he called to them. “Is this your
-bear?”</p>
-
-<p>“Surely that is our bear,” answered George.</p>
-
-<p>“Well, then, I wish you’d call him down!”
-went on the lineman. “He chased up here after
-me to bite and scratch me. Call him down.”</p>
-
-<p>“Ha! No!” laughed George. “Dido would
-never climb up to bite or scratch you. He is
-too good a bear for that. He is just climbing
-the pole, as that is one of his tricks.”</p>
-
-<p>“What! Is this a trick bear? Is he tame?”
-asked the man high up on the pole.</p>
-
-<p>“Of course he is tame,” said George.</p>
-
-<p>“And he won’t hurt me?”</p>
-
-<p>“Not a bit. He just wants to be friends with
-you.”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, then I am very sorry,” said the lineman
-quickly.</p>
-
-<p>“Sorry for what?” asked Tom, curiously.</p>
-
-<p>“That I threw my screwdriver and my pliers
-at your bear,” answered the man on the telegraph
-pole. “I hit him on the nose. I thought he was<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_103" id="Page_103">[103]</a></span>
-a wild bear after me, or I never would have done
-it. I did not see any men with him.”</p>
-
-<p>“Well, I guess Dido will forgive you for hitting
-him,” spoke George. “Come on down,
-Dido, if the man is afraid of you.”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, I am not afraid any more,” the telephone
-man said, laughing.</p>
-
-<p>Dido came down, and had his breakfast with
-George and Tom. Afterward the telephone man
-climbed down, and gave Dido a piece of pie
-from his dinner pail.</p>
-
-<p>“That is to pay you because I hit you on the
-nose,” said the man. “I am very sorry, and so
-I give you this little treat.”</p>
-
-<p>And I think Dido understood, and forgave
-the man. For the dancing bear ate the pie, and
-then, when George told him to, Dido let the lineman
-pat him on the head.</p>
-
-<p>“Now we will travel on again,” said George
-after a bit, and away he and Tom went with
-Dido, blowing nice tooting tunes on the brass
-horn, and giving a dancing-bear show wherever
-they could find a crowd of persons with money
-to toss into the hat.</p>
-
-<p>All through the long summer days Dido traveled
-about with his masters, and then one day
-there came a change. One night, after he had
-danced many times that day, Dido and his masters
-stopped at a hotel. Dido was allowed to<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_104" id="Page_104">[104]</a></span>
-sleep out in the stable where there were no horses
-to be frightened, while Tom and George went
-in the hotel to eat.</p>
-
-<p>The next morning Dido saw a strange man
-with his masters when they came out to the stable
-to feed him.</p>
-
-<p>“There is our dancing bear,” said George to
-the new man. “Do you think you would like to
-buy him?”</p>
-
-<p>“If he can do all the tricks you say he can I
-may,” answered the other man.</p>
-
-<p>“I will show you what tricks he can do,” spoke
-George. “Come, Dido, here is a sweet cracker
-for you. Now do your tricks.”</p>
-
-<p>So out in front of the stable Dido danced,
-marched like a soldier and turned somersaults.</p>
-
-<p>“Those are good tricks,” said the strange man.
-“I will buy your bear and take him to a circus.
-There I will have him do tricks in the ring. Do
-you think he will?”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, yes,” answered George. “He was in a
-circus once before, but for only a little while.
-Perhaps he may remember about it.”</p>
-
-<p>The three men went back to the hotel, leaving
-some buns for Dido to eat. And the dancing
-bear wondered what was going to happen to him.</p>
-
-<p>Pretty soon George came out to where Dido
-was chained in the stable. George gave Dido a
-piece of berry pie, and said:</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_105" id="Page_105">[105]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>“Good-by, Dido. Tom and I are going to
-sell you to this circus man. But he will be good
-and kind to you, and teach you new tricks. So
-go with him and be a good bear. Tom and I
-are going back to the mountains of our own
-country, and perhaps we will catch more bears.
-Good-by, Dido.”</p>
-
-<p>Tom came out, and blew a sad little tune on
-the brass horn. Then he too said good-by to
-Dido, and the two men who had traveled around
-with Dido so many months went away. Dido
-ran after them as far as his chain would let him,
-and then he lay down and put his head between
-his paws.</p>
-
-<p>Animals don’t cry, of course, but they can feel
-sad when their kind masters or mistresses go
-away, and I am sure Dido felt sad. Dogs sometimes
-feel so badly at being parted from their
-masters that they will not eat.</p>
-
-<p>But Dido was not that way. A little later,
-when the circus man came out to the stable with
-a nice piece of fish for the dancing bear, Dido
-ate it and was very glad to get it.</p>
-
-<p>“Now, Dido,” said the man, “you are my bear,
-and I will be good to you. We are not going
-about the country any more, to let you go dancing
-in the streets and fields. You are going to
-perform in a circus ring, under a tent, something
-like you did before, and I think you will like it.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_106" id="Page_106">[106]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>Then came a not very happy time for Dido.
-He was put in a big box, something like the trap
-in which he had been caught. But this box was
-larger, as Dido was a big bear now, and the box
-had water in it, and nice things to eat.</p>
-
-<p>Then the box, with Dido in, was put on a
-wagon and taken to the railroad station, where
-it was lifted on a train. Dido slept as much as
-he could, for he did not like to travel that way.
-He would much rather have tramped through
-the woods and over the fields. But soon his
-journey was at an end.</p>
-
-<p>Still in his box he was taken from the train,
-and when the box was opened Dido found himself
-in what he thought at first was a big white
-house. In it were many other animals, in cages,
-as Dido could see, and he could smell other animals
-whom he could not see.</p>
-
-<p>Dido walked out and rolled over in a pile of
-straw. It felt so good to be out of that cage,
-that he wanted to laugh—and that is the way all
-animals laugh. Then the dancing bear heard a
-voice saying close to his ear:</p>
-
-<p>“Well, I do believe it’s my old friend Dido,
-whom I met in Madison Square Garden, New
-York City! Aren’t you Dido, the dancing
-bear?”</p>
-
-<p>“That’s who I am,” answered Dido, standing
-up, “and you are—”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_107" id="Page_107">[107]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>“Tum Tum, the jolly elephant,” was the answer.
-“I’m glad to see you again.”</p>
-
-<p>Dido looked around, and there, surely enough,
-was Tum Tum, holding out his long nose, or
-trunk. Dido rubbed noses with him.</p>
-
-<p>“How did you get here?” asked Tum Tum.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, my masters sold me to another man, and
-he said he was going to put me in a circus. I
-guess this is it.”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, this is the circus,” answered Tum Tum.
-“Only it is traveling around now, instead of
-staying for weeks at a time in New York. We
-go to a new city every day, and we have a big
-tent instead of Madison Square Garden to act
-in. This white house you see over us is a tent.”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, a tent, eh?” said Dido. “Well, it is quite
-nice.”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, it is nice except in cold weather,” said
-the elephant, who not having fur, could not
-stand cold as bears can. “In the winter there
-is no circus in a tent,” said Tum Tum.</p>
-
-<p>“What do you do in winter?” asked Dido.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, when it is time for the snow and ice the
-circus goes, I have been told, up to a place where
-we stay in big, warm barns until summer comes
-again.”</p>
-
-<p>Tum Tum told Dido many things about the
-circus, for which I have not space in this book.
-And Dido also learned many new things. He<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_108" id="Page_108">[108]</a></span>
-learned to sleep in a cage on wheels, in which he
-was drawn about the country, or put on big, flat
-railroad cars to be pulled from place to place.
-This was when the circus traveled, which was,
-nearly always, at night.</p>
-
-<p>And Dido’s new master taught him many new
-tricks which the dancing bear did in the circus
-ring, besides doing the ones George had taught
-him. Dido learned to ride on a bicycle, he
-learned to walk across a long pole, that was resting
-on two barrels. He learned to roll over and
-over inside a barrel, and he learned to let a dog
-sit on his back and be given a ride.</p>
-
-<p>Dido liked it very much in the circus, and he
-made many friends, not only among the animals
-but among the circus folk, for Dido was a gentle
-bear.</p>
-
-<p>But best of all Dido liked Tum Tum, the jolly
-elephant.</p>
-
-<p>“I met a friend of yours while I was out traveling,”
-said Dido to the circus elephant one day.</p>
-
-<p>“Who was it?” asked Tum Tum.</p>
-
-<p>“Don, the runaway dog.”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, do tell me about him,” begged Tum
-Tum, as he ate a bag of peanuts a little girl held
-out to him. So Dido told about meeting Don.</p>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_109" id="Page_109">[109]</a></span></p>
-
-
-
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XII" id="CHAPTER_XII">CHAPTER XII</a><br />
-<small>DIDO IN A FIRE</small></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p class="cap">“What else did you do besides meeting
-Don?” asked Tum Tum, when the
-dancing bear had finished telling
-about the runaway dog.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, many things happened to me,” said Dido.
-“I had many adventures, as many, I think, as
-would fill a book.”</p>
-
-<p>“Who knows?” asked Tum Tum. “Perhaps
-they will be put in a book. I never thought my
-adventures would be printed, but they were.
-Just you wait.”</p>
-
-<p>So Dido waited, and while he waited the circus
-went on from place to place. People came
-into the big tent to look at the animals, and watch
-those who, like Dido, did tricks. Very often
-Dido’s new master would think up a different
-trick for Dido to do, and the bear was very anxious
-to please.</p>
-
-<p>There was one trick Dido learned to do which
-he did not like at all, at first. This was jumping
-through a big wooden ring which had little jets
-of fire all around it. At least Dido thought it<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_110" id="Page_110">[110]</a></span>
-was fire, for the jets glowed brightly, though
-they were not hot.</p>
-
-<p>At first when his master brought out this glowing,
-blazing hoop, or ring, Dido shrank away
-from it. But his master stood on the other side
-of it, holding out an apple and a bun. Dido
-wanted both, very much, but when he walked
-around the outside of the hoop, instead of
-leaping through it to get the treat, his master put
-them away.</p>
-
-<p>“No, no, Dido,” he said. “To get the apple
-and bun you must jump through the hoop.
-Come on. It won’t hurt you. You know I
-would never do anything to hurt you.”</p>
-
-<p>So, after a bit, <a href="#i_frontis">Dido did jump through the
-blazing hoop to get the apple</a>, and he found he
-was not hurt in the least, nor burned. And,
-later on, he learned that around the hoop were
-only tiny electric lights, like those which are
-sometimes put on Christmas trees in place of
-candles, and these lights you can hold in your
-hand without feeling any heat.</p>
-
-<p>So Dido learned a new trick, and when he did
-it the people in the circus tent clapped their
-hands loudly. By this time Dido had learned
-that this meant they were pleased with him.</p>
-
-<p>The people also clapped when Tum Tum did
-his tricks, and one day Tum Tum and Dido performed
-a trick together. They had to practice<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_111" id="Page_111">[111]</a></span>
-it a long while, though, before it was well done.
-And this was the trick:</p>
-
-<p>On the broad, strong back of the jolly elephant
-was built a platform of boards. It was square,
-and made so it could be lifted on and off, being
-fastened on by broad straps, as are the little
-houses on the elephants’ backs in circus parades.</p>
-
-<p>By means of a little ladder Dido and his new
-master could climb up to this platform on Tum
-Tum’s back, and there, as the big elephant
-marched around the ring, Dido did his dance,
-while the man played on the same horn that Tom
-had used.</p>
-
-<p>Around and around on the platform up on the
-back of Tum Tum, the jolly elephant, rode Dido
-and his master. Dido did such a funny dance
-that he made the children laugh.</p>
-
-<p>“You are a very good bear,” said his master,
-patting him and giving him two buns, one extra.</p>
-
-<p>Dido did many other tricks in the circus as it
-went from place to place. But now the weather
-was getting cooler.</p>
-
-<p>“We shall soon go to our Winter quarters,”
-said Tum Tum. “And then for some time we
-will stay in the same place, night after night.”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, I don’t mind traveling,” spoke Dido.
-“I rather like it.”</p>
-
-<p>One day, as Dido was asleep in his cage after
-having done his tricks, he heard a noise near the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_112" id="Page_112">[112]</a></span>
-edge of the tent. It was a mewing, crying sort
-of noise, and, the first thing Dido knew, something
-small and black scrambled into his cage
-and hid down among the straw.</p>
-
-<p>“Hello there!” called Dido, in animal language.
-“Who are you?”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, I’m Blackie,” was the answer. “Please
-don’t drive me out.”</p>
-
-<p>“Of course I won’t drive you out,” said Dido
-kindly. “But who are you, and why is your
-name Blackie?”</p>
-
-<p>“I am a cat, and I am called Blackie because
-I am black,” was the answer, and then a cat
-stuck her head out from under the straw in
-Dido’s cage, where he always went to rest after
-having done his tricks.</p>
-
-<p>“What is the matter with you?” asked Dido.
-“You seem frightened.”</p>
-
-<p>“I am frightened,” said Blackie. “A lot of
-bad boys were chasing me and throwing stones
-at me. I ran as fast as I could, but they nearly
-caught me. But I saw this big white house and
-I ran in it. Then I saw a place to hide under
-the straw in your cage-wagon, and I jumped up
-here.”</p>
-
-<p>“And you are very welcome,” said Dido
-kindly. “I am glad you got away from the boys.
-But this is not a white house, though I thought
-it was myself, at first.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_113" id="Page_113">[113]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>“What is it?” asked Blackie.</p>
-
-<p>“It is a circus tent. If you like you may
-stay and see me do my tricks.”</p>
-
-<p>“Thank you, I would like to stay,” spoke
-Blackie, “but you see I am trying to find my way
-home. I am lost.”</p>
-
-<p>“Lost!” exclaimed Dido. “That’s what happened
-to Don, the runaway dog. He knows
-Tum Tum, our jolly elephant.”</p>
-
-<p>“Was Don lost?” asked Blackie.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, but he found his home again.”</p>
-
-<p>“I hope I do,” said Blackie. “I used to live
-with a very nice little boy and girl, who treated
-me kindly, and gave me warm milk for breakfast.
-One day I strayed too far off, went in a
-vacant house and was locked in. I found my
-way to the roof and, later, met a good lady who
-cared for me. She took me out to the country
-in a basket, but when the cover came loose I
-jumped out, thinking I could find my way back
-home alone. But I can’t seem to, and I’ve
-walked ever and ever so far. Then these boys
-chased me and I ran in here.”</p>
-
-<p>“Well, I wish I could help you, but I can’t
-leave the circus,” said Dido. “Here is a bit of
-fish I didn’t need; you may have that, and perhaps
-you will feel better after eating.”</p>
-
-<p>Blackie did. She thanked Dido very much
-and went to sleep in the straw of the bear’s cage.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_114" id="Page_114">[114]</a></span>
-One of the animal men saw her and gave her
-some milk to drink.</p>
-
-<p>“Can’t you really stay and see me do some
-tricks?” asked Dido.</p>
-
-<p>“No, thank you,” spoke Blackie. “I’ll just
-peep out of this tent, as you call it, and if the
-boys are gone I’ll trot along. Maybe I shall
-find my home to-day.”</p>
-
-<p>Blackie looked out under the tent. She saw
-no boys.</p>
-
-<p>“Good-by!” called the lost cat to Dido. “I’m
-going away.”</p>
-
-<p>“I hope you find your home, and that I see you
-again,” said Dido. “Good-by!”</p>
-
-<p>In a few more weeks the weather grew quite
-cool, and one day the big circus tent was taken
-down for the last time, the cages were put on the
-cars, and the circus started on a long journey.</p>
-
-<p>“Where are we going?” asked Dido of Tum
-Tum.</p>
-
-<p>“To the big barns I told you about,” answered
-the jolly elephant. “We are going into winter
-quarters.”</p>
-
-<p>And, a few days later, there is where Dido
-found himself. He was still kept in his cage,
-which was in a big barn with many other cages
-of animals. There were horses and elephants in
-the barn, Tum Tum being there, of course.</p>
-
-<p>Dido did not have to do his tricks every day<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_115" id="Page_115">[115]</a></span>
-now. But once a week or so his master came to
-put him through them, to see that the bear had
-not forgotten how to dance, or turn somersaults.</p>
-
-<p>It was nice and warm in the big circus barn,
-and the animals had enough to eat, so they had
-a very good time of it.</p>
-
-<p>“Still I liked traveling about the country with
-George and Tom,” said Dido. “It was real
-jolly sleeping out of doors, except when it rained.
-And I like going about with the circus, too.”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, you will be able to go about again,” said
-Tum Tum. “When warm weather comes we
-shall travel once more.”</p>
-
-<p>But something happened which nearly stopped
-all the circus animals from ever traveling about
-the country again.</p>
-
-<p>One night Dido was awakened in his cage by
-a queer smell. And there was a funny feeling in
-his nose and throat as if he wanted to sneeze.</p>
-
-<p>Dido stood up in his cage and looked across
-the barn. He saw smoke, and he knew what
-smoke was, for he had often seen Tom and
-George make a fire in the woods to boil coffee.
-And Dido saw fire with the smoke. Then he
-knew what the queer smell was that had made
-him want to sneeze. It was the smoke in his
-nose.</p>
-
-<p>The fire grew brighter and the smoke thicker.
-Dido stood close to the bars of his cage and called<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_116" id="Page_116">[116]</a></span>
-to Tum Tum, who was asleep standing up, as
-elephants often do.</p>
-
-<p>“Tum Tum!” called Dido in animal talk, “the
-circus barn is on fire! The barn is on fire!
-What shall we do?”</p>
-
-<p>Tum Tum awoke with a start. He looked at
-the fire, which was in one end of the barn,
-farthest off from the animal cages.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, my! A fire!” cried Tum Tum. “That
-is terrible! We must get out somehow!”</p>
-
-<p>“That is easy for you to do,” cried Dido, “for
-you are not in a cage. But what shall I do?”</p>
-
-<p>“We must call to the circus men to come and
-let you caged animals out,” said Tum Tum.
-“I’ll call,” and he made a loud trumpet noise.</p>
-
-<p>“They had better hurry,” said Dido. “The
-fire is growing hotter. Once my masters made
-a fire in the woods, and it spread in the dry leaves
-so they had to get water and put it out. Oh,
-Tum Tum, can’t you let me out of my cage?”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes,” said Tum Tum, “I will. I can open
-many animal cages with my trunk.” Tum Tum
-was a trick elephant and could do many things.
-<a href="#i_p117">He soon had opened the cage of the dancing
-bear, and Dido could jump out.</a> By this time
-the other animals were much excited by the fire.
-Some of them broke out of their cages by themselves.
-Others Tum Tum let out, helped by
-Dido.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_117" id="Page_117">[117]</a></span></p>
-
-<div id="i_p117" class="figcenter" style="width: 378px;">
-<img src="images/i_p117.jpg" width="378" height="600" alt="" title="" />
-<br />
-<div class="caption"><a href="#Page_116">He soon had opened the cage of the dancing bear and Dido
-jumped out.</a></div>
-</div>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_118" id="Page_118">[118]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>“But we must get out of the burning circus
-barn,” Dido said. “To be out of our cages will
-do us no good unless we get out of the barn, too.”</p>
-
-<p>Tum Tum, and the other elephants and other
-animals, ran around the inside of the circus barn,
-looking for an open door. But there was none.
-All the doors and windows were tightly fastened
-to keep out the cold.</p>
-
-<p>By this time men could be heard outside shouting
-about the fire. Dido ran up to one door.
-This led outside, as he knew, for he had come in
-and out of it several times.</p>
-
-<p>“Tum Tum!” called the dancing bear, “if we
-could break open this door we could get out and
-let the other animals out too. Let us try to break
-down the door.”</p>
-
-<p>“All right!” cried Tum Tum. “I will bang
-it with my strong head. Look out! Here I
-come!”</p>
-
-<p>Tum Tum backed up a little way. Then he
-ran at the door and struck it with his head. At
-first it would not open. But when Tum Tum
-struck it again and again, and when Dido hit on
-it with his powerful paws, the door began to
-splinter and crack.</p>
-
-<p>“Good!” cried the other animals. “Dido and
-Tum Tum will now let us out of the burning
-barn!”</p>
-
-<p>Dido and Tum Tum banged on the door.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_119" id="Page_119">[119]</a></span>
-With his paws Dido pulled away the splinters
-and pieces of wood that Tum Tum broke off
-with his head. Soon there was room for all the
-animals to go out.</p>
-
-<p>“Come on!” cried Tum Tum. And he and
-Dido let all the other animals run out first and
-then they went out. And it was high time, too,
-for the barn was blazing very hot and fast
-now.</p>
-
-<p>Then men came up with hoses to squirt water
-on the fire, while other men drove the animals
-to another barn where they could stay for a
-while.</p>
-
-<p>“All the animals saved!” cried the head circus
-man when the fire was out. “That’s fine! I
-wonder how they got out of the barn.”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, Dido and Tum Tum let them out,” said
-one of the trainers. “I saw the elephant and
-bear break down the door.”</p>
-
-<p>Then the circus folk, as well as the animals,
-loved Dido and Tum Tum more than ever.
-Soon the burned barn was built over new, and
-it was better than before. Dido stayed in it all
-winter and when spring came again he and
-Tum Tum started out with the circus show
-again.</p>
-
-<p>I wish I had space to tell you other adventures
-of Dido, the dancing bear, but this book is quite
-filled, as you may see. And Dido did finally<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_120" id="Page_120">[120]</a></span>
-get into a book, didn’t he? I hope he likes what
-I have written about him, if he ever sees it.</p>
-
-<p>But if I can not tell you any more about Dido
-I can about Blackie, the cat who hid in the bear’s
-cage. So the next book will be named “Blackie,
-a Lost Cat: Her Many Adventures.” And I
-hope you will like what I have to write about
-her.</p>
-
-<p>“Tum Tum,” said Dido one day as he was
-dancing on the platform on the elephant’s back,
-“do you remember the fire?”</p>
-
-<p>“I should say I <em>did</em>,” answered Tum Tum.
-“I never want to see another.”</p>
-
-<p>“Nor do I,” spoke Dido, as he whirled about
-while his circus master tooted a gay tune on the
-brass horn.</p>
-
-<p>Then Dido turned somersaults in the circus
-ring, jumped through the lighted hoop and did
-many other tricks.</p>
-
-<p>And now let us all say:</p>
-
-<p>“Good-by, Dido!”</p>
-
-
-<p class="p4 noic">THE END</p>
-
-
-
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-<p class="noic adgroup">GOOD STORIES FOR CHILDREN</p>
-
-<p class="noic">(From four to nine years old)</p>
-
-<p class="noic adtitle">THE KNEETIME ANIMAL STORIES</p>
-
-<p class="noic adauthor">By RICHARD BARNUM</p>
-
-
-<div class="figleft" style="width: 110px;">
-<img src="images/i_bm01.jpg" width="110" height="153" alt="Kneetime Animal Stories" title="Kneetime Animal Stories" />
-</div>
-
-<p>In all nursery literature animals have
-played a conspicuous part; and the reason
-is obvious, for nothing entertains a child
-more than the antics of an animal. These
-stories abound in amusing incidents such
-as children adore, and the characters are
-so full of life, so appealing to a child’s
-imagination, that none will be satisfied until
-they have met all of their favorites—Squinty,
-Slicko, Mappo, and the rest.</p>
-
-<div class="adpage">
-<ol>
-<li class="ident">Squinty, the Comical Pig.</li>
-<li class="ident">Slicko, the Jumping Squirrel.</li>
-<li class="ident">Mappo, the Merry Monkey.</li>
-<li class="ident">Tum Tum, the Jolly Elephant.</li>
-<li class="ident">Don, a Runaway Dog.</li>
-<li class="ident">Dido, the Dancing Bear.</li>
-<li class="ident">Blackie, a Lost Cat.</li>
-<li class="ident">Flop Ear, the Funny Rabbit.</li>
-<li class="ident">Tinkle, the Trick Pony.</li>
-<li>Lightfoot, the Leaping Goat.</li>
-<li>Chunky, the Happy Hippo.</li>
-<li>Sharp Eyes, the Silver Fox.</li>
-<li>Nero, the Circus Lion.</li>
-<li>Tamba, the Tame Tiger.</li>
-<li>Toto, the Rustling Beaver.</li>
-<li>Shaggo, the Mighty Buffalo.</li>
-<li>Winkie, the Wily Woodchuck.</li>
-</ol>
-</div>
-
-<p class="noic"><i>Cloth, Large 12mo., Illustrated.</i></p>
-
-<hr class="r20" />
-
-<p class="noic"><span class="adtitle">BARSE &amp; HOPKINS</span><br />
-<span class="noic adauthor">Publishers</span><br />
-Newark, N. J.            New York, N. Y.</p>
-
-
-
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-<div class="tnote">
-<p class="noi tntitle">Transcriber’s Notes:</p>
-
-<p class="smfont">Punctuation and spelling inaccuracies were silently corrected.</p>
-
-<p class="smfont">Archaic and variable spelling has been preserved.</p>
-
-<p class="smfont">Variations in hyphenation and compound words have been preserved.</p>
-</div>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-<pre>
-
-
-
-
-
-End of Project Gutenberg's Dido, the Dancing Bear, by Richard Barnum
-
-*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK DIDO, THE DANCING BEAR ***
-
-***** This file should be named 61450-h.htm or 61450-h.zip *****
-This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
- http://www.gutenberg.org/6/1/4/5/61450/
-
-Produced by Donald Cummings and the Online Distributed
-Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
-
-Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will
-be renamed.
-
-Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
-law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
-so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
-States without permission and without paying copyright
-royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
-of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
-concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
-and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive
-specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this
-eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook
-for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports,
-performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given
-away--you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks
-not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the
-trademark license, especially commercial redistribution.
-
-START: FULL LICENSE
-
-THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
-PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
-
-To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
-distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
-(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
-Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
-www.gutenberg.org/license.
-
-Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-
-1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
-and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
-(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
-the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
-destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your
-possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
-Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
-by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the
-person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph
-1.E.8.
-
-1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
-used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
-agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
-things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
-paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this
-agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
-
-1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the
-Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
-of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual
-works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
-States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
-United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
-claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
-displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
-all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
-that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting
-free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm
-works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
-Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily
-comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
-same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when
-you share it without charge with others.
-
-1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
-what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
-in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
-check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
-agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
-distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
-other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no
-representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
-country outside the United States.
-
-1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
-
-1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
-immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear
-prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work
-on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the
-phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed,
-performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
-
- This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
- most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
- restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
- under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this
- eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the
- United States, you'll have to check the laws of the country where you
- are located before using this ebook.
-
-1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is
-derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
-contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
-copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
-the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
-redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
-either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
-obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
-with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
-must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
-additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
-will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works
-posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
-beginning of this work.
-
-1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
-work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
-
-1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
-electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
-prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
-active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm License.
-
-1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
-compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
-any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
-to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format
-other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official
-version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site
-(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
-to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
-of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain
-Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the
-full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
-
-1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
-performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
-unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
-access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-provided that
-
-* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
- the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
- you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
- to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has
- agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
- within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
- legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
- payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
- Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
- Literary Archive Foundation."
-
-* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
- you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
- does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
- License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
- copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
- all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm
- works.
-
-* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
- any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
- electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
- receipt of the work.
-
-* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
- distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
-
-1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than
-are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
-from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The
-Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
-
-1.F.
-
-1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
-effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
-works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
-Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
-contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
-or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
-intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
-other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
-cannot be read by your equipment.
-
-1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
-of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
-liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
-fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
-LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
-PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
-TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
-LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
-INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGE.
-
-1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
-defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
-receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
-written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
-received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
-with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
-with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
-lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
-or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
-opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
-the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
-without further opportunities to fix the problem.
-
-1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
-in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO
-OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
-LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
-
-1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
-warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
-damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
-violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
-agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
-limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
-unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
-remaining provisions.
-
-1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
-trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
-providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in
-accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
-production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
-including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
-the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
-or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or
-additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any
-Defect you cause.
-
-Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
-electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
-computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
-exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
-from people in all walks of life.
-
-Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
-assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
-goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
-remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
-and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future
-generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
-Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at
-www.gutenberg.org
-
-
-
-Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
-
-The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
-501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
-state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
-Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
-number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
-U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
-
-The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the
-mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its
-volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous
-locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt
-Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to
-date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and
-official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
-
-For additional contact information:
-
- Dr. Gregory B. Newby
- Chief Executive and Director
- gbnewby@pglaf.org
-
-Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
-spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
-increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
-freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
-array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
-($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
-status with the IRS.
-
-The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
-charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
-States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
-considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
-with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
-where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
-DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
-state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
-have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
-against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
-approach us with offers to donate.
-
-International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
-any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
-outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
-
-Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
-methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
-ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
-donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works.
-
-Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be
-freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
-distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of
-volunteer support.
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
-editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
-the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
-necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
-edition.
-
-Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search
-facility: www.gutenberg.org
-
-This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
-including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
-subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
-
-
-
-</pre>
-
-</body>
-</html>
diff --git a/old/61450-h/images/cover.jpg b/old/61450-h/images/cover.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 181ef10..0000000
--- a/old/61450-h/images/cover.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/61450-h/images/i_bm01.jpg b/old/61450-h/images/i_bm01.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 971c44d..0000000
--- a/old/61450-h/images/i_bm01.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/61450-h/images/i_frontis.jpg b/old/61450-h/images/i_frontis.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index b556dad..0000000
--- a/old/61450-h/images/i_frontis.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/61450-h/images/i_p023.jpg b/old/61450-h/images/i_p023.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index f55944e..0000000
--- a/old/61450-h/images/i_p023.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/61450-h/images/i_p043.jpg b/old/61450-h/images/i_p043.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index b3640cd..0000000
--- a/old/61450-h/images/i_p043.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/61450-h/images/i_p065.jpg b/old/61450-h/images/i_p065.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index cacbe4d..0000000
--- a/old/61450-h/images/i_p065.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/61450-h/images/i_p081.jpg b/old/61450-h/images/i_p081.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 84645a5..0000000
--- a/old/61450-h/images/i_p081.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/61450-h/images/i_p095.jpg b/old/61450-h/images/i_p095.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 6b722c4..0000000
--- a/old/61450-h/images/i_p095.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/61450-h/images/i_p117.jpg b/old/61450-h/images/i_p117.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index de397f0..0000000
--- a/old/61450-h/images/i_p117.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ